1991 by harken_procare

There's never progress without change. One of the more eloquent voices in the sailing industry is Garry Hoyt who has recently written and spoken extensively about the "High Risk of Non-Change." Garry points out that for sailing to advance many aspects of the sport need to change. Instruction and opporh~ityneed to be broadened and boats need to be modernized to match changing lifestyles which offer less leisure time and create a greater demand for more quality time. We believe that the sailing world is poised on the brinkof a new era. Many forces are at work within the industry and innovative new productsare being developed to make boats and sailing more exciting and more appealing to sailors at all levels of our sport. Witness the dynamic market in Europe fueled by innovative new boats and publicized with radical events like the Vendee Globe Challenge and the Whitbread Race. Where sailing has changed to keep pace with the times, the sport is vibrant. Harken has been active in the process of change and is currently involved in a project called Procyon which is a new-concept sailing yacht designed to catalyze the creative thinking of the talented designers and builders who make up our industry. It is not a solution, but simply a starting point. We show Pmcyon in this catalog, not as a boat for sale, but as an example of some of the possibiliies that characterizethe new breed of sailing boats we see on the horizon -boats which offer greater speed, comfort, style, handling and rigging ease. This catalog showcases the huge range of products we already manufacture which make sailing easier, safer, faster and more fun. Our industry is changing on many fronts and we can assure you there will be many dynamic developments in the 90's that will stir your excitement. Open these pages for a preview.

Peter Harken

Arthur Mitchel

Olaf Harken

Federico Giua

HOW TO USE YOUR CATALOG How to Find Hardware Index Parts are listed alphabetically on pages 212, 213, and 214. Parts are listed several times by all common descriptions so the index is easy to use. Parts are listed numerically by part number on pages 205 to 211. Sections The catalog is organized into sections by hardware families.

Small Boat Blocks Pages 9 - 30

Mid-Range Blocks Pages 31 - 38

Big Boat Blocks & Sheaves Pages 39 - 68

Complementary Blocks & Accessories Pages 69 - 84

Travelen Pages85- 110

Sail Handling Systems Pages 117 - 140

Winches Pages l 4 1 - 180

Harken Italy Hardware Pages 181 - 189

Deck Shoes Pages 200 - 201

Clothing & Promotional llems Papes 202 - 204

Choosing The Riflht Hardware System Drawings- Pages 192 to 199 show sketches of typical hardware systems to help you design a good layout for your boat. Feature Papes- Each of the major sections of the catalog begins with a visual explanation of the features which make Harken products unique. Use andSelection Charts- At the beginning of each of the major sections you will find a chart which shows the correct size or type of block to use for different boats. Retmnce Page- Page 191 shows breaking strengths of common sizes of wire and rope and how load increases with angle of deflection.

Additional Help Addresses and Phone Numbers- Page 215 contains a listing of Harken addresses, telephone numbers and fax numbers. It also contains a list of Harken distributors worldwide.

T h e team includes a number of leading companies in the marine industry. In addition to those listed, a number of other companies are contributing materials or expertise to the Procyon project. Amoco Chemical Company- Amoco is a major corporate sponsor of Pmcyon and is providing many of the materials used in the project. Amoco manufactures: isophthaiic resins for the gelcoat and laminates, carbon fiber, ~ o r i o bearings p for the Harken hardware, ~rdel' polyarylate for the windshield and ports, xyco@ for the deck structure, ~ e n e s i p polypropylene fibers for carpeting, chemical intermediates for sail materials and honeycomb laminate, Solarex?solar panels, and polyester and polypropyiene fabrics for activewear. Diane Ahvood- President, Atwood Yachts. Diane is in charge of designing the interior and assisted with superstructure design.

Calalina Yachts- Catalina Yachts is the primary builder and will be responsible for interior construction and finishing at their Largo, Florida plant. Brit! Chance- President of Chance and Co., Naval Architects. Britt is in charge of hull and deck design and is responsiblefor establishing performance parameters. ArtEllis- President, Ockam instruments. Art is designing and specifying the electronic and electrical systems for Procyon. David Gfeeley- Vice-President, Atlantic Applied Research Corporation. David did the computer modeling and designed the keel. Eric and Ben Hall- Owners of Hail Spars. Ericand Ben are responsiblef0r War development and manufacturing. Peter and Olaf Harlren - Harken, Inc. Oiaf conceived the idea, is project leader and head of hardware development. Peter is hardware adviser forthe boat and a performance features consultant. DirkKramecs- Managing Partner, Hall Spars. Dirk designed and will oversee construction of the carbon fiber rig. Manager, North Sails Charles Midwest. Chariie heads sail design and manufacturing. Peter Wilson- Marine Construction Management. Peter is the project manager responsible for overseeing and coordinating construction. Windship Yachts, Kiwi Racinfl Divisionis building the hull and deck.

PROCYON - DESIGN FEATURES T h e team's response to the design mandate was an intensive effort to produce a showcase boat that addressed all of these requirements. Unique features of Procyon include:

Hull and Deck The hull is a 65 foot (19.8 m) ULDB (Ultra Light Displacement Boat) with a relatively wide beam. Coupled with her greater sail area

and stabilizing factors, Procyon should be about 15 percent faster upwind than atypical 70 foot (21 m) ULDB. On reaches, she is to be 5 percent faster and on runs she should be the eaual of a normal ULDB. The hull and deck are constructed with Amoco isophylatic resin and S-glass surrounding a l" (25 mm) thick 616 density Klegecell core with Amoco carbon fiber reinforcement around the keel and middle areas.

Rig The mast is a patent-pending bi-pod by Hall Spars which is b u i l using Amoco prepreg carbon fiber. It is 25% lighter than a single mast of carbon fiber and there is no intrusive structure running into the interior. The bi-pod allows the use of a very efficient roller furling mainsail because there is no mast structure to affect wind flow over the sail. The patent-pending pedestal-mounted sculptured boom is also made of carbon fiber and features an integral one piece vang. The fixed vang means that there is one less control and the boat does not need a troublesome boom topping lift. The bi-pod mast is mounted on hinges and fitted with a slider track system so that the spar can be lowered easily for clearance under bridges or for service. The main and jib are both self-tacking sails for easy sail handling once trimmed properly, the boat can be tacked without adjusting sheets. Both sails ride on prototype Harken hydraulic furling systems and can be reefed to any size desired. Sail shape is maintained through a combination of shaping devices in the sail and double independent swivels on the furling system. Both sails feature unique HarkenJRutgerson ~ollerbattens@ which can be rolled during reefing but provide support to permit a positive roach.

Canting Wing Keel The winged keel cants to windward as much as 25 degrees to substantially increase stability and reduce heeling. This allows a much larger and more powerful sailplan for increased speed while maintaining a comfortable sailing environment. Large wings extend four feet from the keel to prevent leeway. The keel cants to windward upon tacking with electronic controls operating a simple hydraulic arm located unobtrusively inside a bulkhead. A significant amount of the energy required to cant the keel is stored in a hydraulic accumulator system. Manual and semi-automatic operation of the keel is also possible.

Sail Handling Systems All controls to operate the main and jib use low friction Harken blocks and travelers. Controls are all located within reach of the helmsman and utilize Harken hydraulic winches and Harken prototype electriclhydraulic furling for push-button convenience. Most sheets and control lines are led below the deck for safety and to give the boat a clean, modern appearance.

Topside Styling The primary exterior styling goal was to provide the boat with a futuristic look, yet retain basic traditional sailboat lines. Primary features include a radar arch, wrap-around windshields, dual steering stations, a swim platform, and clean decks. A sun awning stows neatly in the radar arch when not in use.

h c y m is designed to be easily sailed by the physically handicapped. The sail handling systems.with self-tacking. furling main and jib led to hydraulic winches are a natural for the physically disadvantaged. The reduced heeling offered by the canting keal makes the boat more comfortable and the clean, uncluttered decks are easler to about .- move ...- .- -- -.on. - ... hcpm is also fined with a patent-pendlng system usino Harken blocks and traveler can and tracks Wich will allow a handicapped crew without the use of his lags to move above, below and throughout the boat. h t ~ c p has n been designed to introduce the physically disadvantaged to the pleasures of sailing and to allow them to control the boat and move as independenly as possible.

Interior Design The interior is designed to give a spacious, modern look with excellent seagoing accommodations. Inflatable mattresses under the loam W a low blln<s to level for comlortaole~leepng qnoerway Spec~aAmoco faorlcs l~keGenes S' Saqqara- Essera-, and race" whlch are des gned ro reslst dlrt water, and abJse are being used throughout

Pmmotional Schedule February l , 1991 Launching February February -April

Electronics:

April May

The electronics are state-of-the-art with all functions reading in large, bright displays in the cockpit. Navigational aids include a GPS (Global Positioning System) and an autopilot. All instruments will interface for complete compatibility.

June July September

Other Features: Other features include unobtrusive solar panels, solar ventilation and a special mobility system for handicapped sailors.

October

Miami Boat Show Sea trials and promotional events in Florida Antigua Race Week Promotional events along East Coast Queen's Cup Race Chicago - Mackinac Race Amoco Technology Show Newport Boat Show Stamford Boat Show Annapolis Boat Show

q3op uwa WOS 1a4 w o n w am OS s l s q .aw!i IC~I. e uo auOhaM ~I!M Pap 01 saulsus 'IUaUUEdOP Sales !OUMI€'UIWI bnq in0 SW.! ~ ~ 1 1 1~4 1 M N

l a o ! ~u o w n ins sp~!nqbue 6u$d!qr p m sofias WU!M 10 eB,lW U! S!1WE,0 O!U3

'slasn lalndluor 10) allnosal 6 ~ l ~ l E lBE l PE13P DUO d M l

'flwBuuaau!La uopnpold

,no speaq J ~ ! ~ W I I I bjs ~

asaald 'suwa q qoa l w mp~luwim n!

p e u nah rpe lea16 asoqidn swealp pue &law S!UI p3np0ld p m psuO!psP aqSluawl~Edep I~~ISIUWP a u s o m u IB~WWSIRM AUI~

'sleB aUI1°aldno~sBuWaq ''M lzl lOOd 11W10018qlU! JaUW @U!! B P!P aH JWIBMos! ot~so~uang I!O

-sum ~ ! OS!!,P uo p n a e ~ d aq p rr n n q n ~ ~ nOIW d

CmmRI pJ 9acretaryForran Eamata for Illrlen ~ s t n etab an0

Pao a10 Gmano and118 Plmavlera mmpane~s Onrers,an0 mmlng arorno Gluspw

peen proolcl Corm0 Belnascan on d po,sram

1La Y tne Il6l vuce rot

~ , # swn m a rwea mn reo ram wo~ld8nry

m r o ~ o htnc ar0.S stager 01 mach n no

near onthe pnane

N m l o Von Wunstet e me Itnap $~yi$~fl~'~,"I

Alberto S e w keeps track of t h l n p m awuntino

A m b w l o Bsrtola oversees produchon I t s lust a 24 hour a day p b

...

Aibem midan recemlyjuined

Alberto Bonadiman is in

Lino " Basilic0 ,. ,. , is. dsputj , ,. !head y '. of

Ourenginesriw depanment.

d a m e ol ths Mrehoura.

pmduction. His is only a 23 houraday jab.

Raani in the Oualv Comml depanment, Picky. plcky, p y s .

char& d c u h m pndmmne

=rrounting. 1\11those besand ail a mile.

Bsnv pmonti and his assembly team a Marcolin, Gloru mlbinot Gion lio, and h i p i Rocca Inot plmred).

EspMaltjfond of guardiq the EPllwberry patch.

d HarkenFrance I

..,.

Jocelyne Foia., .,,w.m a n in I l l k e n France. She Is me secrelaw and b o o k k ~ p a n wdoforms d wkh a m and m u w a massdry anributes when dealing wRh l w r Frenchman.

Patrkk Rieupblmut manages Harken France. Patrick is an expert in equipping thoBBfsmastlc French muitihuiis and sinolehandd boats. in hisrpare time, Patnckgivss skatehard lessons to his 60116.

Luciano B o ~ s sisi head 01 our design department. Hs's a bicycla commuter nlmor~d10 no tnininn tnr +ha

.. . ... -,6JpP<as nor.. ,.sre r aoa blsr W Ih s a s ~ o t n e F r e n c n mnol rhs nobby a t n a ploorctlan of m8 Flencn be10 on 01 !c d a m calaog

RaCbVarnocchi heads distributorand domatic ales. He's a champion fisherman and everyone's ~-,S.#.~A

Jean Manin handler ihs rhipmenfp for M k e n France. He i s a b o ~m l

This warranty does not apply to or include any product that was improperly installed, or improperly maintained, or used under load conditions exceeding the rating or other recommendations published in the Harken catalog, or subjected to misuse, negligence, accident, or subjected to unauthorized modification or repair. Normal wear to shoes; teeth of cam cleats; winch drums and pawls; and wear from wire rope on all equipment is also excluded. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER IMPLIED, EXPRESSED AND STATUTORY GUARANTEES, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL HARKEN BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES. The laws of each state may vary, giving you additional rights, and some of the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

All Harken equipment is designed to give years of service with minimal maintenance, but some maintenance is required to give best service. In general, the most important aspect of maintenance is to keep your equipment clean by frequently flushing it with fresh water, in highly corrosive atmospheres, the stainless steel parts may show some brown rings around the holes, rivets, and screws. This discoloration is not serious but may be removed with a fine abrasive. With the exception of winches, grease should not be used on any Harken products.

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS The plastic sideplates and sheaves of small boat blocks are UV stabilized, but they will still turn grey after long exposure to the sun. This discoloration may be removed with a fine abrasive but will not reduce the strength of the blocks and acts to protect the material underneath. Flush small boat blocks thoroughly with fresh water. A light spray of a dry lubricant may be used if desired but is generally not required. lnspect blocks periodically for damage, in particular for cracked or elongated shackles. Tape cotter rings to prevent snagging on sheets. Use Loctite" when refastening any nuts. It is best not to leave heavy loads on small boat blocks when they are not being used. This may slightly deform the bearings. Normally they will return to their proper shape after being rotated, but an initial resistance may be felt.

TRAVELER CARS Keep traveler cars clean by flushing frequently with fresh water. They may also be cleaned by flushing with WD-40 or LPS-1. Both of these penetrating lubricants act to remove deposits in the ball races. This is particularly necessary after cars have not been used for a long period of time. Lubricate cars with light lubricants or dry sprays. Keep traveler tracks clean by washing with soap and water. Be careful that sealants or bedding compounds used during installation are not left on the track as they will foul the ball races. lnspect shackles and control block fittings for signs of fatigue. Arrange traveler tackles so that cars don't hit end stops but are stopped by the rope.

BIG BOAT BLOCKS Flush blocks thoroughly with fresh water. Big boat sheaves have flushing ports to allow water to reach the bearings. They may also be cleaned by flushing with WO-40 or LPS-1. Both of these penetrating lubricants act to remove deposits in the bearing races. Lubricate blocks with light lubricants or dry spray lubricants. lnspect shackles and shackle post heads for signs of corrosion or deformation. Nylock nuts should not be reused after being removed more than three times. When replacing shackles or bolts be sure to use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength. Big boat bearings are very resistant to deformation but it is not advisable to leave heay loads on any hardware when the boat is not sailing.

JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS Flush the lower unit and halyard swivel with fresh water. Clean by flushing with WO-40 or LPS-1. Both of these penetrating lubricants act to remove deposits in the bearing races. Lubricate with light lubricants or dry spray lubricants. lnspect swage fittings and lower turnbuckle toggle for corrosion or fatigue. Wash foils with soap and water. Foils may be lubricated with dry sprays to ease the raising or lowering of sails. Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.

WINCHES Winches should be flushed regularly with fresh water. Periodically break winches down and service. Check pawls and springs for wear and inspect bearings, gears and spindles for signs of wear, Winches should be lubricated with grease but over-application of grease can cause salt and water deposits to become trapped in the winch. Use care to insure that drain ports are unobstructed by sealants or grease. Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.

SHOES Remove insoles before washing shoes. H-2000 shoes may be hand or machine washed in lukewarm water using soap or mild detergent -do not bleach. Air dry or use low heat setting. Titanium shoes should be hand washed with mild soap and rinsed thoroughly. Air dry, Insoles should not be machine dried. 7

Travelers

PATENTS & TRADEMARKS Ba?:% :i hrdtF I

Bia boat hiah beam traveler fastenina svstem: -united Kingdom Patent 2153320;~ustralian Patent 573774

TRADEMARKS HARKENais a registered trademark of Harken, Inc. in the following countries: Argentina Japan Australia Korea Benelux Countries New Zealand Brazil Spain Canada Sweden Chile United Kingdom France United States Italy West Germany The following trademarks are owned by Harken, Inc. and are registered in the United States and the Benelux Countries and with United States Customs:

m m

HARKEN USA

Fogh-Bastet U S Patent 4147121. German Patent 2847834; United K~ngdomPatent 43028-78.

HEXA-CAT": Hexa-Cat is a trademark of Harken, Inc. HEXARATCHET": Hexaratchet is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc BULLET'" : Bullet is a trademark of Harken, Inc. in Australia CAM-MATIC ": Cam-Matic is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc.

Big Boat Blocks Titanium runner blocks: U.S. Design Patent D-306,134; West German Design Patent MA 26 860; French Design Patent 866781; Canadian Industrial Design Patent 59031; Australia 98081; United Kingdom 1039152; New Zealand 20897: other foreian " desian - , oatents oendino. Removable top genoa lead car: U.S. Patent 4719869; foreign design patents pending. Resilient stand up support for blocks: U.S. Patent 4718371; foreign design patents pending.

Jib Reefing & Furling Systems Furling and reefing systems: Ball bearing system: United Kingdom Patent 2060090; Republic of France Patent 8020616; U.S. and foreign patents pending. Double groove foil system: Licensed under Stearns U.S. Patent 3851609 in the U.S. and Harken has right to license Stearns foreign patents as follows: Australian Patent 480378; Republic of France Patent 7330280; West German Patent 2342189; United Kingdom Patent 1439283; Italian Patent 1003133; Japanese Patent 1095123 and New Zealand Patent 171744. Main Furling U.S. Patent 4679520; foreign patents applied for.

Winches & Deck Hardware Harken winches and deck hardware are covered by the following listed and numerous other unlisted patents and trademarks: U.S. 4,261,549; 4,111.397; 4,523,744; and 4,479,453; ltaly 24247; 21367; 21500; 22292; 23962; and 23854.

Shoes

PATENTS Ball Bearing Blocks

Boat shoes: US. Trademark 1435719 U.S. Design Patent Received.

HARKEN Ball Bearing blocks are covered by one or more of the following patents: U.S. 3528645and 3714838; United Kingdom Patent 1196108; Republic of France Patent 6912035 and Australian Patent 437199.

Small Boat Blocks Cam-Matic cam cleat: U.S. Patent 4453486; United Kingdom Patent 20035426; West German Patent 2835643. Micro blocks: U.S. Design Patent 293881; forelgn design patents pending. Magic box: U.S. Patent 4074892. Swivel base: U.S. Patent 4160541; United Kingdom Patent 2012009: West German Patent 28 56 153; other foreign patents pending. U-Adaptor: U.S. Patent 3806094.

Design Trademark 1442588

Design Trademark 1445750

Other Harken drive unit: U.S. and foreign patents pending, Hoyt quick reefing system: Harken is licensed by Garry Hoyt under U.S. Patent 4487147. "HARKEN YACHT EQUIPMENT Division of Harken. Inc. 1 9 9 1 All Rights Reserved NOportion of thls catalog may be reproduced without the expressed written permission of Harken, Inc. Printed in U.S.A.

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under all loads. Special plastic wedges are installed under cam to adjust angle.

Ratchet sheaves are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum for ultimate strength and corrosion resistance. The unique eight-sided Harken Hexaratchetsheave grips sheets tenaciously, but allows line to be eased smoothly.

Ball bearing Cam-Matic cleat can be mounted o underside of arm and the sheet run through this slot for downward release

Delrin sideplates and sheave insure lightest possible block.

Ball bear~ngscarry both the llne load and prevent sheave from rubbing on the cheeks of the block.

Stops on bases prevent line from fouling on itseil.

Tough Delrin body is UV stabilized for years A of trouble-free use,

v 1

SMALL BOAT BLOCK FEATURES I

Dual rows of Delrin ball bearings on a large diameter race are the secret to the smooth free-swivelingaction.

T h e best boats deserve the best hardware. The Lightning, shown on page 9, is a classic one design which is raced both by families and at the highest levels of competition because it is rewarding and satisfying to sail. Lightning sailors know that Harken hardware offers performance and reliability unmatched by other hardware. For over 20 years Lightning sailors have chosen Harken gear because it is exceptionally free roiling, strong and light and complements the virtues of the Lightning perfectly. Dozens of unique features make Harken small boat blocks dependably correct for every trimming task on boats from Olympic dinghys to small offshore yachts. Feature for feature Harken small boat blocks are designed to make sailing better. 10

ThmCWay Head The three-way shackle system allows swivel blocks to be locked in front or side Dositions or left to swivel freelv he set screw fits -~ ..~ sec.re y - i i o delents on the suave post Tne threeway sMckle sotem s founo on 2 25' 3 00'. 1 dole. Inle fiddle. Hexaratchet, little Hemratchet. Hexakat, little He'xa-cat, and midrange blocks. ~

U-~daptor The U-adaptorallows blocks with W (10 mm) posts to be attached to swivel bases or to other blocks with W (10 mm) posts.

Wlm Blocks To minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50'and 2.00' wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.00' wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this DurDose. All wire blocks open 10 allow passong of suaged or n copressed ulres

Adjustable Cam Arms The cam arms on all Harken blocks exceot micro and bullet triples, adjust to suit your pan cu ar neeos Swlng lne arm .p on b ocds mo.nte0 In me cockp l or s ~ ~ tne n garm oown when o ocks are mo.nted on tne cab.n nose

Removable Becket The beckets on manv blocks are removab e to a sow ahachment of a sp Ice0 me Removable Deckets are lo.naon olnghy 2 25'. 3 00'. Hexaratchet, little Hexaratchet. fiddle, little fiddle, Hem-Cat and mid-rangeblocks. Revenible Cams The cam cleats on all Harken blocks (excan* -'-r-+,'"lss) can be reversed onfiguration for your boat. for upor down release. Adjust your bloc1 I

In-Head Shackle SpMm The in-head shackle system on dinghy blocks gives them a low profile. On sinoles it can be alioned to the front or side or it can be up-ended and attached to a post. -

Breaking Slrength The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates and bearings. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with the same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths. Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded.

TOOOualilv Aluminum ~liminum'componentssuch as ratchet sheaves, magic boxes, deck organizers and wire block sheaves are made of 6061-T6 alloy which is Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. This produces avely tough, smooth finish which is exceptionally resistant to scratching and corrosion. Edges of all alurninum components are rounded to insure good adhesion of coatings and to minimize wear.

Maximum Working Load A rating which tells the maximum load at which the block works freely. Maximum working load is a per sheave rating so generally a double block will have a maximum working load twice that of a single. Maximum working load should not be exceeded as in some cases it is also the safe working load of the hardware. 11

Mainsheet Ratchet

019

Mainsheet Swivel

010

01 0

Mainsheet

big bullet

dinghy

019

01 9

009

010

205

144

dinghy

big bullet

dinghy

Main Halyard

Jib Sheet

big bullet

Jib Halyard

big bullet

bullet

l18

181

Spinnaker Sheet

bullet

Spinnaker Tweak

bullet

Spinnaker Halyard

bullet

MiscellaneousControls Cunningham

SMALL BOAT USE CHART-

009

144

022 023 028

2.25'

big bullet

2.25'

2.25'orfiddle

2.25'

big bullet

194 & 153

dinghy

188 & 127

big bullet

080 & 076

188 & 127

0151016

dinghy

009 & 044

brghy81.5vi~ 009 & 044

118

019 & 043

01 1

2.25'

big bullet

b ~ bullet g

019 & 043

001 & 0151016

009 & 044

001 & 0151016

bullet

big bullet

blg bullet

166

bullet

Hardware suggestions are shown for a number of popular small boat classes. Match your boat to one shown above. The specific contiglrration ofolocks y o cnoose ~ will depend ~ p o your n indivloual needs b ~this t chan will indicate tne correct series of oloclts to use. Manv nnc naslnn classas have- .r ~ l e srestr cr~noharoware - checlc vour class rules carefullv before chanaino hardware. Some Dloclts shown ~-~-~ above may not actually be used on the class, but indicate the size range of blocks which would be appropriaie for use on a boat of that size. If you have questions regarding the proper block to use, please contact a hardware consultant at Harken. ~~

No.

D01dp1101

224 S i w k 225 Single w m k e t 226 Doubk 227 Ooubls w m k e l 228 Triple Triple wb&LBt

B a ~bearing i micro blocks meet the need for extremely small. extremely lightweight, free runnlng blocks. They are ideal for a host of applications on sa~lboardsand smaller d~nghysand for liahtlv - .loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small dinghys will use micro blocks for cunninghams, boom vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. They are perfect for use inside masts and booms where space is restricted. Applications on larger boats include flag halyards, lead car return tackles, and leech cords. The wide range of variations make micro blocks adaptable to many situations. Compact self-cleating tackles can be made using the micro fiddle with v-jam or the triples with cams. ~~~

Spacial Faaturn Self-contained sheaves stainlesssidaplates ~Bullet head reduces length Comoact size -~

Common SnmBWfica:ions Sheave dia--7A' 122 . ~- ... *-- mm\ . ... , Max line size --l/r' (6 mm) Brea~inostrenoth - 1200 lbs l 5 4 4 ka) ", Shacklkin dii-34s". 15- .mm< ....., -- A ~ ~ ~ ~ o N ~ I ~ ~ o~eeiages M ~ o R10 -and 1 1 for an exp anation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 tor sLggested uses. 14 ~~

230 Triple ~ 1 2 7 9 Cam-Mat& 231 TripleW279 Cam-Matic a beckei 232 Traveler black 233 Cheek 234 Single wlshackle 235 Single wlshackle

&be&

242 Thrudeck 243 Uprl~hlkad 244 Fiddle wlv-jam

Lmnp

Welpm

lM'

m02

38mm 2' 51 mm 2' 51 mm 2 Bdmm

14g %02 21 g 1%oz 4 3 ~ 1%02 4 3 ~ 202 579 2%02 WO 3%0z 99g 3ho2 99 p lhoz 35g %W 21 g 9402 21 Q 102 28 g

T 51 mm 2%' Mmm 2' 51 mm

2M' M mm 2%' 71mm 2M' M mm 2 57 mm 2% 71 mm 2W 67mm 1%. 38 mm 4'

l 02

28 Q l 02 28 p 207

Wollilnl Loud 200lbs 91$ 2001bs 91 $ SMIbs ISQ$ 350lbs 159$ SWIbs 227$ SW lbs 227 kg ~ ~ l 227 kg SWlbs 227 k~ 2Wlbs 91kp 2WIbs 91 2W lbs 91 kg 2W lbs 91 kg 200 lbs 91 kg 2Wlb~ 91 kg 3501bs

bUES swm7 UsswR28 Two2245 #10(5mm) RH fastenas

110 (5 mm) RH fastsners L10 (5mm) RH fasteners Urawm5

305

302 Cutout l 1 mm

54mm

308

W i r e blocks are lightweight, low friction blocks designed to carry wire halyards and control lines. Available in a variety of configurations in three diameters, wire blocks are useful On boats of all sizes. The Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum sheave is designed for years of service. A hi-load composite bearing allows the sheave to turn freely even under high loads. TO minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50 and 2.00 wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.OO wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The polished stainless steel sideplates are light, strong and offer superb chafe resistance with wire halyards and controls. All sizes and configurations of wire blocks open to allow passing of swaged or Nicopressed wires. All three sizes of wire sheaves are offered separately for use in special installations. Special Features Aluminurn wire sheaves Blocks pass swaged wires Large diameter sheaves Hi-load bearings Stainless sideplates Additionallntormation- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

F,!

Shsave Diamalar Waiphl

DOsriptbn

Maximum Maximum Wire Wotking load &' loooibs 2 0 lbs~ 2 mm 454 kg 907 kg ~

300 single

1 2s

301

Cheek

1. 25 mm

302 Thru-deck 303 Sheave

l oz 28 g

111~02 359 2 mm

~ - p

454 kg

20001bs #IO(S mm) 907 kg RH fasteners

3hr'

1OOOibs 454 kg

2000Ibs X10 (5 mm) 907 kg RH fasteners

IOW ibs 454 kg

20W lbs #10(5mm) 907 kg fasteners

1' 25 mm

102 28 g

2rnm

1' z5mm

IMoi 79

2 mm

IOOOI~S

304 Single

3 mm

3'/40z 92g

1500 ibs 680 kg

3000 ibs XIO(S mm) 1361 kg R H fasteners

1 38mm

305 Cheek 306 ~hru-deck

11n'

38 mm

h' 3 mm

1500lbs 30001bs 6 8 0 1361 kg 15001bs 300oibs ' / i ( ~ m m ) 660 kg 1361 kg RH fasteners

3 02 85 g 3oz 85 g

38 mm

307 Sheave

38mm

1 01 289

4" 3mm

1500ibs 680 kg

30Wlbs %'(6mm) 1361 kg fasteners

2' 51 mm

5 or 1429

5 mm

34s

2000 Ibs 907 kg

4000 Ibs 1814 kg

6'/40z 177g

3/18'

5 mm

2000lbs 907 kg

4000lbs ks'(8 mm) 1814 kg RHtasteners

2' 51 mm

6 02 1709

%a" 5 mm

2000 lbs 907 kg

4000 1bS W (6 mm) 1814 kg RH fasteners

I'hoz 43 g

%B' 5 mm

20001bs 907 kg

40001bs i ~ s ' ( 8mm) 1814 kg fasteners

308 Single ~-

309 Cheek

51 mm -~ 310 Thru-deck 311 Sheave

51 mm

W cutout

T h e ball bearing bullet block is used extensively to lead control lines with a minimum of friction. Dinghys and small keel boats use bullet blocks for vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. Small cruising boats can use bullet blocks to lead furling lines to the cockpit. The wide range of variations make bullet blocks adaptable to almost all control line situations. Wire bullet blocks feature a Teflon impregnated Hardkote anodized aluminum sheave. They also use roller bearings which will carry a higher load than ball bearings but do not roll asfreely. Wire bullet blocks are used for halyards and other wire controls on small boats.

3M' 79 mm

(107)

Spacial Featurns Common Specifications Bullet head reduces length Sheave dia 1'A"(29 mm) Aluminum wire sheaves Max line size -5/16' (8 mm) Swivel blocks fit 061 Breaking strength -2000 lbs (907 kg) Reversible cam cleats Shackle pin dia -%e' (5 mm) Additional InfmaIion- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation o f special features. See pages 12 and 13for suggested uses.

"No.h o a ~ r l f l o l

3%' 95mm C 102 mm 1h' 38mm

Mnlnwrn

WoalpM

082 083

084

Siwle Sinfile w h k e l Double

70 mm 2%'

lhoz

3001bs

2%0z

4W lbs

Triple w R m Cam-Madc 095 Triple w m CamMatic becket 096 UpiqM lead

096 Wlre single 099 Wire single whckel 1W Wredoubk

101 Wim douMe wmeckel 102 Wire tride

702 l

7x02 205 g I'hm 42fi

51 mm 2%' 70mm 2%' 70mm 3!4' 89mm

289 l%oz 359

2%0z 78g 301

859 4 02

SolbS 272kfi WlbS 272 kfi 3001bs 136kg 5001bs 227 kg 500lbs 227$ 750Ibs 340$ 7501bs 340$ 750 Ibs

Usewim085 Use with 086 fiO(5mm)RH fastenera

bngth

Maximum Wsl@~t WoIMna

104

Wire lriple wROO Cam-Matic

3W 89mm

7'h oz 2069

750 lbs 340$

Use wlh 101

105

Wire triple wRW Csm-Malic 8 beckel

3Yi 95mm

7%oz 2139

7501bs 340 k9

Use wkh l02

106

Wire thrudeck

3' 76mm

107

Wire in-line exit

l ~ o z 5001bs 359 227 kg

Osxriplon

tlO(5mm) FH fasteners

166

Weight

WolCing

lMoz

300 lbs

89mm

l%oz 5 0 ~

3001bs 136 kg

2%' 70 mm

11.202 42 g

MO Ibs 227 k p

2 02 57 g

$10 (5 mm) FH fasteners

Single wlswlvel 70 mm

2 oz 57 g

400 lbs l81 kg

X10 (S mm) FH fasteners

167

95 mm

Length

Single wlswivel 8 becket

108

Wire upright lead

1 ~ ' 38mm

1Moz 429

5001bs 227 kg

X10 (Smm) RH fastenen

183

Wire single wlmivel

109

Wirecheek

2 73mm

1%oz 359

5001bs 227 kg

Y1O (Srnm) RH fasteners

184

113

Pivoting cheek

2%' 57mm

loz 289

3001bs 136 kg

YlO(5mm)RH fastener

197

Wire singk wlmivel 3'6 8 becket . -~ 89 mm 3' Eut wlcam 8 bracket (port or slbd) 76mrn

4Moz 1289

500 ibs 227 kg 3001bs 136 kg

114

Travekr blocks

1%oz 509 2 oz

3001bs 136 kg 5Ylbs

TwoO8h

220

Double upright lead

1'6 38 mm

2%0z 64 g

4001bs 181 kg

X10 (5 mm) RH fasteners

OneO82wlone

221

Wire double

201 57 0

7501bs 340 ko

X10 (5mm) RH fasteners

95mm 115

Wire trawler bloek~

3%'

l 38 mm

131 Cutout 24 mm

B i g bullet blocks are ideal for main, jib and spinnaker sheets on small dinghys and for control line applications such as cunninghams, vangs, backstays, furling lines and traveler controls on larger boats. Their large 1M" (38 mm) sheaves allow the use of W (10 mm) line and make big bullets exceptionally free rolling blocks. E x l and in-line exit blocks are used for turning lines into and out of masts and booms and through decks. Upright lead blocks are perfect for many control line applications, especially under decks and at mast bases. Traveler blocks are specifically designed for small daysailers which use rope or wire bridle travelers. Exit blocks with cams are often mounted on masts for halyards and controls such as downhauls and cunninghams, particularly on small catamarans. They are also used as headknocker blocks on the mainsheets of one designs and small keel boats. Use the 140 with aluminum 150 Cam-Matic cleat for mainsheets, halyards and highly loaded controls. Use the 141 with plastic 200 Cam-Matic cleat for lightly loaded controls. Special Features

Common SpeclNcations Large diameter sheaves Sheave dia lW (38mm) Bullet head reduces length Max line size -%' (10mm) Breaking strength -2000 lbs (907 kg) Swivel blocks fit 061 Additional lnhnnatim- See pages 10 and 11for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

56 mm

075 Cutout

D i n g h y blocks are designed lor the small boat sailor who needs a lightwe~ght,low profile blocd. The in-nead shackle system keeps tne length of the dnnghy block very ShOn. Dinghy blocks are also used extensively as control line blocks on larger boats, particularly for traveler controls, and cunninghams on moderately sized offshore boats. These light duty blocks are not meant for use on heavy course racing keel boats or on scows and catamarans. Special Features Common Specitlnrlons Low profile in-head shackle Sheave dia - % 1' (44 mm) Shackle upsets Max line size -W (10 mm) Swivel blocks fit 061 Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) Removable beckets Shackle pin dia - VIE' (5 mm) Addltlonallnfomllon- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 20

047 Cutout 27mm

mmm

1 2.25"BLOCKS ( T h i s is the original Harken block and is still the most popular in the Harken line. It is compact, good looking, and exceptionally free running with a high load carrying capacity. 2.25' blocks are used for main and jib sheets on course racing keel boats, scows and dinghys with large mains. They are often used on mainsheets of daysailing catamarans and for spinnaker halyards and sheets on small offshore boats. You'll find a use for 2.25 blocks on boats of all sizes. Special Features Common Spacificaiiom Sheave dia - 21/4' (57 mm) Three-way head system Max line size -7/16. (12mm) Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats AddMionallntormation- See pages 10 and l1 for an explariation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

R* De+rlptlon NO.

Lewth Wslght

W1 Single

4 411 oz 108mm 12Bg

W2 Single wh&et W3 Double

5' 502 127mm 142g 4w 8% or 114mm 241 g

W4 Double wheckei

5%' 1002 138 mm 284 g

013 Cheek

3%' 3'h 02 83mm 999 3%' 511 02 89mm 1569

W7 Thru-deck 048 Tripk

5' 1202 127mm 3409

5 w 13% oz 076 Triple whecket 146 mm 3839 185 Singiew/150 4' 1002 CamMatic 102 mm 284 g 186 Singlewll50 5' lOihoZ cam.%becket 127mm 298g

Shlclde Maxlmum Brsaldnp Pln Woftlnm shsw,, Dlametar Load 5/16'

5mm 3(6'

5mm Vi

6mm

i 6 mm

SW ibs 227kg

2500 Ibs 1134kg

5WIbs 227kg 1000 lbs 454kg

25GUlbs 1134kg 3WO lbs 1361 kg

1WOlbs 3WOIbs Usewhh078 454 kp 1361 kg Hem-Cat 5001bs 2500 lbs 227 kg 1134 kg SW lbs 2500 Ibs 227 kg 1134 kg

M' 6mm

M' 6 mm 5/18

5 mm

5/16' 5mm

lndudesfastener and moun(inp pas t 8 (4 mm) RH fastenen

1200lbs 3WOlbs Use wnh079 SMkg 1361 kg Hem-Cat 1200 lbs 544 kg 500lbs 227 kg MOlbs 227 kg

3WO lbs 1361 kg 2500lbs 1134 kg 2500lbs 1134 kg

use wim 080 Hemcat Jibshestsor Makers Usem Prindle 16

3 . 0 0 ball bearing racing blocks are used on scows, catamarans, iceboats and small offshore boats. The large diameter sheaves reduce the friction caused by bending line over a small sheave. For offshore keel boats and applications where the load is substantial, use the stronger cruiser blocks which have heavy-duty shackles and head posts. Examples are mainsheets on boats to 35 fi(10.5 m) and spinnaker sheets on boats to 29 ft (8.8 m). 3.00' wire blocks feature Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated sheaves for wire halyards or control lines. The large diameter sheave prevents wire breakdown. They are ideal for situations where a lightweight block is rewired to carrv wire. ~i-load3.00'wireblocks u s i Torlon ball bearings for a higher working load and are used for applications such as halyard lead blocks on masthead boats to 30ft (9.1 m). SpsciaI Feaiums Common Specilications Three-way head system Sheave dia- 3' (76 mm) Max line size - 7/16' (12 mm) Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves Additionallnlormation -See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 22

Shaele wadmum Bn*hQ ~ ~ ~ l c r l p t i o n~enm weight

PI^ OIO~OIO~

p?:*,

S~mQth

005 Racing single

750lbs 2 M O i k -340 kg 1134 kg

W6 Racing single

7 M lbs 2500 Ibs W $ 1134kg 1500lbs 3 W O i k €40 kg 1361 1gl

680 kg 1361 kg

051 for5:l

wmeclst Cruising single Cruising single wmecket

6%' 159 mm

8'4 oz 241 g

6 mm

Cheek

6 oz .- 102mm 1709 Cruising triple 19'hoz 152mm 5539 Cruising

h' 6mm

750lbs 3000 1 k 340 kg 1361 kg 7501bs 25001bs W k g 1134Lp

wnasleners

15001bs 3WO lbs 1361 kg

UsewM79or 052far61

&pad

LITTLE H E M RATCHET" T h e little Hexaratchet is a smaller version of the Hexaratchet 11+2. It is ideal for small boat main, jib, and spinnaker sheets. It allows the crew to hand hold sheets with up to 10 to 1 holding power. The special reverse ratchet, 043,rotates in the opposite direction from the standard little Hexaratchet. It is paired with the 019 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have the ontoff switch on both blocks face up. Harken little Hemratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid alurninum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually nonexistent when trimming under either high or low loads. The onloff switch will operate under load. S p e M Featumt Common Sps~iliations Solid aluminum sheave Sheave dia- 2 W (57mm) Three-way head system Max line size-W (10mm) Switch operates under load Max working load -500 lbs (227 kg) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength -20M) Ibs (907kg) Fits 061 stanchion base wrap - 10:l Holding power ~1180' AddIIlonalInlonnrIion- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 24

neralpllon 017

Cheek (slbd)

018

C k e k (port)

019

Simple

hwth

~miuh~

3%' 95 mm W 95 mm

4% 02 128 g

4%'

lO8mrn 020 043 187 188

Single wlbecket Slnok w/rewse rotation Single w/lSO

127mm 4 108mm

4Mm 128 g

Turns clockwise. Supplied wdastenen h p d Turm cwnlercbdrwia.Supplied wdastsnen a pad

5 02 1429 5%oz 156p

5 oz 142 g

Cam-Matic

4 108 mm

1014 02 298 0

Sinpk w/lSO Cam-Mdtic a beckef

5' 127 mm

11 m 312 g

Turm in opposite diraction from 019 Use for lesward clafling jib shem

Ua for2:l jibshwls on Prildk 18 h 18, Hove 16.18 &others A

il'eo

ks' '4% C

a $a, 016

m. (

045

050

090

Ratchet blocks are truly hand and crew savers. With their uniquely shaped sheave they grip loaded sheets with up to 15 to 1 holding power, yet allow a line to be eased instantly with complete control. They permit the crew to hand hold main, jib and spinnaker sheets with only a fraction of the effort that a regular block requires. The special reverse ratchets, 044 and 045, rotate in the opposite direction from the standard Hexaratchet l l t 2 . They are paired with the 009 and 050 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Harken Hexaratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually non-existent when trimming under either high or low loads. An onloff button allows the ratchet mechanism to be turned off in light air.

Common Specilicalions Special Features Sheave dia - 3 (76 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Max line size - 7/16'' (1 2 mm) Three-way head system Max working load - 750 lbs (341 kg) Removable beckets Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) Adjustable cam arms Holding power ~1180'wrap - 15:l Reversible cam cleats Holding power wIl20'wrap -9:l Fits 144 swivel base Additionallnformalion- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

091

127 mm

241 D

7M02

Turnscounte

LITTLE FIDDLE BLOCKS 1

L i t t l e fiddle blocks are ideal for mainsheets and vangs on dinghys and cruising boats to 24 feet (7.3 m) or wherever a small three or four part tackle is required. Little fiddle blocks are available in a variety of configurations. These include fiddles with little Hexaratchetsand with Cam-Matic cam cleats on adjustable arms. Little fiddle blocks accept the 111 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage. Spacial Feslums Common Spaclfic8tions Three-way head system Large sheave dia - 27A' (57 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Small sheave dia - 11R" (38 mm) Switch operates under load Shackle pin din -316" (5 mm) Removable beckets Max line size - %'(10 mm) Adjustable cam arms Max working load -500 lbs (227 kg) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) AdditlonallnlomUon- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 26

Fan NO. 053

DIlCrlpllon Fiddle

054

Fddle wheckel

055

Addle wfiexarafchet

056 057

Fiddle wlHexarafchel a. becket Fiddle w1150 Cam-Mafic

058

Fiddk w/lSOCam-Malic

059

Fddle ~Mexaratchsta 150 Cam-Malic Fiddle wMBxaratche1.

C60

length

wllpm

6' 152mm 6%' 171 mm 6' 152mm

6'401

65'4'

171 mm 6' 152mm % 6' 171 mm 6' 152mm 6%'

UsewlhiW2 fot3:l 701 Usewffi3 1980 lor4:l 702 Usewm02 1980 lor3:l 7'4 02 UsswD53 213g lor4:l 12 02 US8 w1w2 3 4 0 ~ for3:l 1 2 h 02 Use w1053 3 5 4 ~ for4:l l

1202 34flo 1301

US8 w m 2 lor3:l Use wm53

Fiddle blocks are used to build simple three and four part purchases for mainsheets, vangs and other applications. The large sheavehmall sheave configuration prevents line chafe and forms a very neat low friction tackle. Harken fiddle blocks are available in a variety of configurations. These include fiddles with Hexaratchets and Cam-Matic cam cleats on adjustable arms. Fiddle blocks accept the 112 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage. Special Feafurss Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Common Spscificafions Large sheave dia - 3" (76 mm) Small sheave dia - l 3 A " (44 mm) Shackle pin dia - l/((6 mm) Max line size - W (10 mm) Max working load - 750 lbs (340 kg) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Additionallntormafion- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

Lsnulh

O~~riplion

Weiuhl

030

Fiddle wmeckel

032

Fiddle w1Hexaralchet

7 184mm

11 oz 3129

Use wlOC6 for3:l

8ln' 241 mm

11'4 02 3269

184mm

12% oz 3549

Use ~ 1 0 2 8 for 4 1 Use wfl06 far 3:l

13 02

241 mm

3679

Use wfl28 for4:lPp

7W 184 mm

16Mor 468 g

Use wlOC6 for 3:l

034 036

Fiddle w1Hexaratchet & becket Fiddle ~ 1 1 5 0Cam.Matc

038

Addle wl150 Cam-Matlc & becket

8 241 mm

16% oz 4689

Use w1028 for 4:l

040

fiddle w1Hexaralchel & l 5 0 Cam-Malic

7%" 184 mm 8

17'hloz 496 g 1801

Use wlOffi for 3:1 Use wfl28

L i t t l e Hexa-Cats combine a little Hexaratchet with big bullet blocks to make powerful, multi-purchase systems for mainsheets on small catamarans and keel boats. They also make ideal vangs on boats to 25 feet (7.6 m) and are useful for tackles such as split backstay adjusters on boats to 28 feet (8 m). For best results, little Hexa-Cats should be matched with the blocks shown. Spcial F ~ s t u m Common Specilicotians Three-way head system Lower sheave dim -2%' (57 mm) Solid aluminurn sheave Upper sheave dia-11R' (38 mm) Switch operates under load Max line size 3 , (10 mm) Adjustable cam arms Shackle pin dia - ?A' (6 mm) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Additionalinlonnation- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 28

I*rmiytlnn

189 190 191

Maxlmum Lnnw

Wnid~l

WoMnu

Fhn-panHwa-Cat

8 206 mm

16 02 4549

9W Ibs 408 kp

Use ~ 1 1 2 8

Six-pan Hen-Cat

% 9' 232mm

16% m

900 lbs 408kg lDOOlbs 454kp 1200 lbs 544$

Use W129

Use w h 127s or one129&me125

5Wlb5 227 kg

Forbuildiw speck1 mnfiguralions

Sewwpart HemCat

8%' 219mm

192 193

EigM-pall MmGt Hem-Cat base

418' 238mm 5%' 146 mm

W p 1801 Slog 18 02 510~ 1202 340 g

LO*

Usawl130

Hexa-cats were designed to provide powerful mainsheet tackles for catamarans which, because of their trampoline decks, are limited to a single attachment point. They soon became just as popular on offshore boats where they allow large mainsails to be sheeted without a winch. Today they are used for mainsheets, vangs, backstay adjusters and other tackles on a wide range of boats. A Hexa-Cat consists of a Hexaratchet block with 150 Cam-Matic and 2.25' blocks mounted on top of it with a swivel. The 112 heavy duty snap shackle can be used for fast, easy removal of your Hexa-Cat. For best results, Hexa-Cats should be matched with the proper blocks on the boom. See the chart for the correct combination. Special Fealures Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Removable beckets

Common Specificalions Lower sheave dia - 3" (76 mm) Upper sheave dia - 21/4' (57 mm) Max line size - 7/16' (12 mm) Max working load - 1500 lbs (680 kg) Shackle pin dia - V4" (6 mm) Breaking strength - 3000 lbs (1361 kg) AddlNonal lnfonnalion - See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses.

11" 279 mm

27% 02 780 q

ll 298 mm

29 02 822 p

Use an Tornado 8 Hoble 16 8 anshare boats to 37 R (11 m) Use on catamarans to 27 H (8.2 onshore boats 40 H (12 m)

BLOCK COMBINATIONS oom

o r

004

008

048

049 070 069

MUIIIPIOBIOCLS on Boom 2.25'

Three 001s TWO

001s a

Four 001s

ThreeOlls

L o w profile triple ratchet systems are useful on catamarans which carry their booms very close to the deck and for powerful mainsheet and vang systems on offshore boats. All blocks with cams feature a becket eyestrap over the cleat to allow very close sheeting. All cams can be reversed for up or down release and all cam arms are adjustable to suit your precise needs. Small catamarans can use the light duty models which feature a single swivel post but larger catamarans and all offshore boats musfuse the heavy duty models which have a coupler joining the three posts for greater strength. SpscUll Features Allows close sheeting Becket eyestraps on cam arms Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Additional Intormation- See pages 10 and 11 for an explanation of special features. See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 30

lllr "WO." o e r r i m i o n .051 Triple wMexaratche1 -.. 052 Triple ~Mexaratchet. becket 8 cam

shn8 ~ n p t hWBI~M

Oia

3' 5% 76mm 138mm 3' X 76 mm 171 mm -~ -~ LightdutytriplewIHexa3' 5%' ralcha. cam & s w i d post 76 mm 133 mm Light duly triple 2 4lh' WlSWiWl . ~ 57mm ~ . ~114 mm Lqhtdutyhiple wMexa2%' 4M' ratchet, cam 8 Swivd post 57 mm 114 mm TriplewlHexaratchet 2%' 4 8 cam 57mm 114mm Tri~lew/Hexaralchet. 2%' 6%' ~

2702 765g

153

2902 822 g 2502 709 g

4 ' 15001bs 3WOlbs UsewlW9for 12 mm 680 kg 1361 kg 6:l . .. 6 ' 750lbs 2WOlbs UsewM04for 12 mm 340 $ . 907 kg 5:l: ~ 1 1 5 3for 6:l

1002 2Mg

12mm

1802 Slog

l 0 mm

1/16'

~~p

l94 195 196

s'mnm

152

Mar

~ o h l n pBmat'n~ oil toad 'nd 15001bs 3WOIbs UsewIW8lw 12mm 680kg 1361 $ 5:1:w1049fw6:1 LI~B

39'

750Ibs 2WOlbs Usew/153for 340 kg 907 kg 6:l -500lbs 2000 lbo Use wM04for 227 kg 907 kg 5:l: wm48 for6:l

ls'

2001 5678

10mm

21 02

39'

lOOOlbs 30001bs Use wm04for 454kg 1361 kg 5:l:w,V48for6:1 1OOOlbs 3WOlbs Use wm48for

MID-RANGE BLOCKS

Wrap-aroundhead construction

insures great strength and safely.

Three-way head can bs locked in front or side podlion, or allowed to swivel.

Ball BmarlnoShaves Sheaves rid; on ball bearings to insure lowest friction possible. Emringscarry high radial loads and also isolate sheave from sideplates to prevent friction caused by unfair lads.

Three-Way h a d

Rsrnonbls Baaetr

W n p - h u n d Head S h p The sldeplate straps wraps krossthe heal of the bicckfor oncreased strength and safely

The three-way shackle system albm swivel o l o ~ s t obe wked n ffonl or S oe povuons or en to wwel freer, The spl scrw t l s SOCLIBYnnto Odents on me smw PSI

Hollow Sheave allam lame diameter W& mlnlmai

we~gnt

Ball bearlws Insure enremely Iwfnctlon under low loads

\ Balls early loadof Isolate sheave tram @ slape,tl

Mld range blocks feature removable beckets to allowanacnmentof spllced lhne

U r' Cams on moorange IOOIPS ralcnets ano triples can Qe reverse0 so blwrs ma, oe wl lor .D or oorm 10 ease 10 oesl sdn ,o.r needs

Doublesand Tri~lerSwlvel OO.W an0 v.pe rna ranpp oocrs tealxe swre pom B ocks can OP w~eoin f~00101 sae sMc6e POSII.O~S 01 en 10 S A I ~ I free,

MID-RANGE BLOCK FEATURES

Uniuue RltrhMShava ~hepatenleoegr*.sdto neramtchetsneare a macnmo tmrnrotsm~T6 a .mnrrn tor ,n male arenglnano corros#onresaance Tne meare gnps 1enaco.s~ b u allows ne to be ease0 srnomn y

Mid-range blocks are a new range of ball bearing hardware. They are designed for boats in the extremely popular30 to 37foot (9 to 12 m) range, like the Thomas 35 shown sailing on page 31. Mid-range blocks bring dinghy-like performance to these exciting boats. Ball bearing sheaves, a three-way shackle head, reversible cams, and a host of other unique features make Harken mid-range blocks the perfect choice for most trimming applications on this most popular size of boat. working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded The loadat wnlch fastening oolts WIIIshear, snac6les w,,l break, or the bloc6 W II experience some otner catastroph c falhre At thls load you can expect permanent deformahon ol the sheave. sioeplates and bearngs Shack es and bolts rntlst be replace0 w~thsubstitutes w~ththe same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths. Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware. Safe

Maximum Workinn Load A ratlng wnich tellithe max mum load at wnich the block woks freely Maximum worklna oaa 1s a Der sheave rat na so oenerallv a do ~ o l e block wlll nave a naxlmum worming loaa w l i e tnit of a single. Maximum work na load snould not be exceeded as in some cases it IS also the safe worGng load of the hardware.

Mainsheet

Single Attachment

End-Boom System - ,

Mid-Boom System

Genoa

Multiple Attachment -~ Single Attachment --

Spinnaker

Maximum 100% Foretriangle Sail Area 150 ft2 (14m')" ~Maximum 100% Foretriangle Sail Area 215 ft2 (20m')"'

Maximum Spinnaker Area ~-

~~~

p p ~ -

p ~~~~

~~~

p ~

p ~ -

p -

p ~ -

- --

~~~

p ~~

Spinnaker Halyard Lead Block

50 ft (15.25m)

Running Backstay

Maximum Runner Wire Breaking Strength

Flying Block

3600 lbs (1633kg)' 2200 lbs (998kg) 4400 lbs (1 996 kg)

Deck Block

2:l Becket

.~-

~~~

~-~

p p ~

Maximum Mainsail Area

Van0

---

48 ft (14.6m)

Genoa Halyard Lead Block -

50 fl(15.25m)

Main Halyard Lead Block - -

Maximum "I" Dimension 50 ft (15.25m)

Maximum "I" Dimension

Mast Base

-~-pp-

~~~

p -

Fiddle Blocks Triple Blocks

Masthead Halyard Block

Maximum Genoa Area -~

Mounted on Transom

Afterguy Blocks

1 200 ft2 (110m2) 900 ft2 (83m2) -~1200ft2(l10m2)"' 900 ft2 (83m2)

Plain Ratchet -Mounted Amidships p ~~ ~

~ ~p p

Sheet Blocks -

p -

Multiple Attachment

180' Deflection 90' Deflection

Maximum Mainsail Area -

500 ft2 (46m2) 540 ft2 (50m2)* 450 ft2 (42m2) ; 500 ft2 (46m2)*

Turning Blocks

350 ft2 133 rn2) 425 ~

----

~---~

Multiple attachment assumes more than one load carrying shackle on both the boom and traveler car or deck

" Assumes maximum apparent wind speed of 35 knots. "' Assumes maximum deflection of 45'

I MID-RANGE BLOCKS USE CHART

(

H a r d w a r e specifications are for monohulls of moderate displacement. Multihulls and heavy displacement monohulls should reduce the maximum sail areas shown by as much as 25%. Please contact Harken if you have any questions regarding the suitability of any hardware for your boat.

Mid-range blocks are used extensively for mainsheets, halyards, spinnaker sheets and control lines on medium and large offshore boats. The 3" (76 mm) diameter ball bearing sheave accepts 9/16'' (14 mm) line and has a working load of 1800 lbs (816 kg). Mid-range blocks can be used for mainsheets on boats with mainsails as large as 450 ft2 (42 m'). They are perfect spinnaker sheet blocks on boats to 36 feet (1 1 m) and are used as mast base halyard lead blocks on boats to 37 R (11 m). Special Faaturss Common SpaclNcations Three-way head system Sheave dia - 3' (76 mm) Max line size-%6' (14 mm) Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves Max wire size - 3n6' (5 mm) Wide sheaves Shackle pin dia -as'' (8 mm) Additionalintormatlon- See page 32 for an explanation of special features. See page 33 for suggested uses. 34

Dsmiplion

~engih W ~ I ~ M

1541 Single wlbecket

sheave 1543 Single wlaluminum

156 mm

4259

816 kg

2268 kg

16 02

1800 lbs

50W ibs

1548

11 m

15W lbs 42001bs

1549

id-range Hexaratchets are larger, stronger versions of the Hexaratchet 11+2. The uniquely shaped ratchet sheave offers a gripping power of 15:l at 180'of wrap, yet allows the line to be eased instantly, Incorporated into highly loaded systems like mainsheets, they allow the crew to ease sails safely and with complete control. For the first time, crews of boats as large as 33 feet (10 m) can hand hold spinnakers in light to moderate air. Mid-range Hexaratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ukimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Mid-range Hexaratchets ride on two rows of Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually non-existent when trimming under high or low loads. An onloff switch allows the ratchet mechanism to be disengaged in light air This switch operates under load. The 1571 and 1572 are special reverse ratchets. They are paired with the 1549 and 1550 for applications like jib and spinnaker sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions but it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Mid-range triples with ratchets and cams are used to build powerful, low profile 5:l or 6:l tackles for mainsheets, vangs or backstay adjusters. These blocks feature the 280 Cam-Matic cleat which can be reversed for up or down release. The cam arms are adjustable so the angle can be changed to suit your precise needs. Special Features Common Speciiications Solid aluminum sheave Sheave dia - 3' (76 mm) Three-way head system Max line size - 916" (14 mm) Removable beckets Holding power ~ 1 1 8 0wrap- 15:l Adjustable cam arms Holding power w I l 2 r wrap - 9:l Reversible cam cleats AdditionalInhmation- See page 32 for an explanation of special features. See page 33 for suggested uses. 36

Dacription

Llnpfh

Wuighl

439'

1402

15001

F l d d ~ eblocks are used to bu~ldslmple three and four part purchases for ma~nsheets,vangs, backstays and other appllcat~ons The large sheavelsmall sheave conf~gurat~on prevents llne chafe and forms a very neat, low frlct~ontackle Mld-range fiddles are often used on rna~nsheetson boats to 45 feet (l35 m) wlth malnsalls as large as 450 f+ (42 m'). They are also used for spinnaker sheets on boats as large as 36 feet (11 m) All m~d-rangef~ddlesw~thHexaratchets feature a sl~dlngonloff sw~tchwhlch allows the ratchet to be d~sengagedIn l~ghtalr and operated under load Mld-range f~ddlesw ~ t hcams Include the tough 280 Cam-Matlc whlch can be reversed for up or down release. Cam arms are easlly adjusted to su~tyour preclse needs Special Fsshms Three-way head system Solld alumlnum ratchet sheave Removable beckets Adlustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Common Specifications Large sheave dla -3 ' (76mm) Small sheave dla - 2"(51 mm) Shackle pln d~a-S&" (8mm) Max l~neslze -%s" (14mm) Max worklng load -1800 lbs (816kg) Breahngstrength -50M)Ibs (2268kg) Additional Infmation- See page 32 for an explanation of spec~al featdres See page 33 for suggested uses 38

1565

15M)

Flddk w h k e t

BM'

216 mm

2 3 % ~ ~ Use ~ 1 1 5 4 1fo 666~

I BIG BOAT BLOCKS I

senlaiSt,

nylock nuts prevent vlbrat~onfrom loosening fasteners.

Shackles are high strength 17-4PH Stainless steel, polished to a high luster.

Hanging blocks feature a 17-4PH stainless steel swivel post.

Sneaves an0 s deplales are macnlneo or stamped from sold 6061-T6 aluminum for lightweight strenoth. All aiuminum oalts are Hardiote anodized with'~eflon impregnation for the ultimate in corrosion resistance.

Set screws may be tightened to secure the shackle in either afront or side position or may be lefl loose to allow the block to swivel.

Oeirin balls carry s i b loads, / keeping sheaves from rubbing against the sidepiam.

Super high strength Torlon roller bearings carry the high radial loads in hanging blocks and foot blocks.

Sheaves are designed for easy maintenance.A freshwater rinse and occasional squirtwith a light Spray lubricant is all that is required.

Sta~nesr Do I; nave ow piof e neaos and are po lsnea and passivated to increase corrosion resistance.

BIG BOAT BLOCK FEATURES

T h e Vendee Globe Challenge is a race like no other - single-handed, non-stop around-the-world with no opportunity to resupply or replace broken gear The course is deceptively simple: return to Les Sables d3010nne,France leaving Antarctica to starboard and Cape Horn to port. The goal is simple, too: survive to finish and you'll have a chance to win. Titouan Lamazou in Ecureuild'Aquitaine 11(shown on page 39) not only survived, he won, leading the fleet of 13 of the world's best sailors from the start and setting a new record with a circumnavigation of l09 days. His average speed for the 22,500mile course was 9.43 knots with peak speeds over 25 knots. Ecureuil @Aquitaine l l i s a machine designed to excel in the harsh conditions of the southern ocean. At sixty feet, a surfing lightweight with water ballast and a towering rig, she was designed with the sole purpose of winning this most grueling of all races. No effort was spared to make her fast, reliable, and safe, for no other combination would win. When it was time to choose hardware, litouan Lamazou chose Harken. Harken big boat blocks feature Torlon roller bearings for reliable low friction under even the highest loads. They are carefully engineered with the unique features and detailing that makes them the choice of the world's best sailors. Your goal may be a weekend cruise with yourfamily, but hardware which is free rolling, strong and reliable will make any sail safer and more fun. 40

Sideplates are removable for easy maintenance.

Creep resistant plastic bushing isolates swivel post from head.

\ Flushing holes allow fresh water rinse without disassembly of block.

~ o oblocks t have large swallows to pass sheets and twists freely.

An attractive hanging tab is standard on all spreacher blocks and can be fined to any big boat block. Spreachers are designed to pass shackles (except 596 and 597) to facilitate running new sheets.

The foot blocks soeciallv shaoed housina accommooates a'n oe rangeof eao anpks Bo t spac nq s oes qneo ro properly spread oadsto lne oech srr.cl.re

Teardrop lairlead blocks are excellent mast base halyard leads as they hold lines earernely close to the deckand have limited articulation on their padeye.

Wire and rope rigging is protected by a combination groove which supports both materials extremely well.

Kevlar and Spectra line is protected by large diameter with 'pecia' grooves all0w the line to avoid stress concentration.

Titanium blocks use 6-4AI-4V titanium lor the best possible strength to weight ratios. The surface of titanium blocks is chemically treated after machining and vapor honed to an attractive corrosion resistant finish. Bails on runner blocks keep lines on sheaves and the bails on stand up and hanging blocks are specially designed to allow blocks to articulate close to decks. Runner blocks are offered with a variety of head posts and tangs for attachment of runners and checkstays.

Choose the Rlght Bearing forthe Job Big boat sheaves and blocks are offered with three types of bearing systems. Match the sheave type to your application. Ball bearings are the freest running system, but they have the lowest load carrying ability. Use ball bearing blocks whenever the load will permit. Roller bearings can carry more load than ball bearings, but they have more friction at low loads. We combine rollers with balls, which carry the twisting side loads of sheaves, in our standard big boat hardware. This is a very free rolling system for moderate and high loads. Sometimes the load is too high even for roller bearings. This is usually the case when the size of a sheave must be kept to a minimum and will not permit enough rollers to carry the load. Good examples are masthead sheaves and runner block sheaves. For these very high load applications we use a Teflon impregnated bushing combined with side load balls in our hi-load combination bearing. These bearings produce more friction than balls or rollers at low loads and should only be used when space will not permit a roller bearing sheave.

Stano .p o ocrs can p.vo1 n a d rectlons and sh vel free I or oe ocreo in front or side positions. unique, attractive stand up device allows blocks to follow even light loadsfreely.

Breaking Strength The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load there may be permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates and bearings. For hardware where customers may provide mounting hardware, breaking strengths are based on type 1818 stainless steel. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with the same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths. Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. 2%Fr;ction Loss Load This rating, which is a Harken exclusive, defines the performance of big boat hardware. It is the load at which a sheave will roll freely. When the load is increased beyond this point, the sheave will still roll, but friction loss will exceed 2% of the load. On double blocks, 2% friction loss load is oer sheave.

Boat Length

28-33' (8.5-10m)

34-39' (10.3-11.9m) --

40-45' (12.2-13.7m) -~

1510 1511

516 560 758

Ma~nsheetTraveler Track ~

P -

Ma~nsheetTraveler Car

1508 1509 ~

515

Small Boat Blocks'' Mid-range Blocks

Small Boat Blocks"

Malnsheet Blocks

515584558

-~-p~

Mid-range locks Big Boat 3.00

584 586

S~ngleGenoa Foot Blocks Double Genoa Foot Blocks P

Genoa Lead Cars Genoa Lead Track Genoa Lead Cars Adjuster Turn~ngBlock (l 1 system)""'

Spinnaker Masthead Halyard Block Spinnaker Sheet and Spreacher Blocks Afterguy Blocks Spinnaker Sheet Deflection Block

Mast Base Halyard Lead Blocks

551 646 670 671 1540 1541 1710 1711~

217 1541 -

Halyard Lead Blocks & Deck Organ~zers

219

Mid-Range Organizers

Mid-Range Organizers -

Narrow Masthead Halyard Sheaves

- ~-

549 551 646 647 670 671 672 673 1712313 724 725 726

691

Running Backstay Flying Block*** ~

Running Backstay Deck Block ""

I BIG BOAT BLOCK RECOMMENDATIONS

691

69171 8692

46-50' (14-15.25 m) -

51 -55' (15.5-16.7 m)

516 560 758

56-60' (17-18.3 m) ~-

61 -65' (18.6-19.8 m)

66-70' (20-21.4 m)

1701

660 1701

Maxi

516 560 758 1701

558 215 15s

558 21515s -

5.50 7.00 681 751

535 536

509 510 513 514

510 514 535 536 ~

533 534 537 538

537 538

Custom

~~~

537 538 ~

Custom

602 ~

Custom

Custom --

p -

~ p ~~

516 680 758 759

601

~~~-

516 680 758 759

5.50 681 751 1708

509 513

554

4.50 5.50 1708

4.50

554 587

665 678 679 751 Custom

4.00 4.50" 586

p~~ ~

665 678 679 751 1704 Custom 1700 1705

p ~~

660

1700 1704 1705 1708

j.00 586

531 532 533 534

21515s 21558s 1700 1704 1705 1708

Bi Boat 3.00

531 532

516 680 1701 1706 7 5 8 759

1701 1706

660 661 1701 1706

660 661 ~

511 653

508 512

509 513

539 541 588 649

539 541

539 541 543 545

543 545

543 545 604 684

604 684

672 673 1720 1721 1722 1723-

593 594 596 597 672 673 674 675 17221723

508 511 512 653

508 512

556 583

539 541 549 647 672 673 674 6 7 5 1 7 1 2 1713

539 541 674 675 1714x5~

724 725 726

511 653

593 594 596 597 674 675 676 677 1722 1723 ~-

p -

593 594 596 597 ~~

Custom

676 677 1724 1725

Custom

508 512

508 509 512 513

509 513

509 510 513 514

539 541 543 545 674 675 676 6 7 7 1 7 1 4 1715 508 511 512 653

543 545 676 677 1716 1717 508 512

692 693 718 719

676 677 1725 1724 ---~

543 545 604 676 677 684 1716~~1717 508 509 512 513

692 693 694 718 719 720

Custom

~~~

693 694 719 720

693 694 695 719 720 721

694 695 720 721

Custom ~

508 509 512 513

695 721

Hardware specifications are for masthead boats of modern configuration. Fract~onallyrigged boats or boats with heavy or l~ghtdisplacement may require different hardware. Boats at the upper end of each size range should use the larger of the blocks shown. Please contact a hardware consultant at Harken if you have questions regarding the suitab~lityof any hardware for your boat. Hardware is specified by part number where possible. Your needs may require a similar block of a different configuration. ***. " Choose from blocks shown on pages 14 through 30. Assumes that runner purchase is 2:l with runner tail deadended on a separate padeye rather than on a becket block. * * * Running backstay blocks must be matched to the breaking ""' See system diagrams on pages 196 and 197 for suggested strength of the runner wire. multiple purchase systems. 43

BIG BOAT BLOCKS 2.25'

hi-load blocks are designed for applications where the need for a small, light big boat block outweighs the need for low friction at low loads. Hi-load blocks use a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications where a smaii diameter block must carry high loads. 2.25' hi-load blocks are well suited to applications like spinnaker tweaker blocks and genoa barberhauls where size and weight are the primary considerations. They should not be used for applications like mainsheets. The sideplate on the 1754 and 1755 opens to accept lines and they are perfect for tweakers or barberhaulers. Speck1 hatuns Three-way head system Hi-load bearlng system Removable beckets

Common Specilications ' mm) Sheave dia -2 1 ~(57 Shackle pin dia -%s' (8 mm) Max line size M' (12 mm) Max wire size M6' (8 mm) Addmonal InIbmatla- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of spacial features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. 44

4.00" big boat blocks are used when an exceptionally free rolling block is required for moderate loads on offshore boats. 4.00' big boat blocks have many applications on mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, afterguys, halyard leads and reefing blocks. Special Features Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Common Spew'ticatiom Sheave dia -4' (102 mm) Shackle pin dia -%6' (8 mm) Max line size -'R"(12 mm) Max wire size - 516' (8 mm) 2% friction load -3600 lbs (1633 kg) Safe working load -4950 lbs (2245 kg) Breaking strength - 9900 lbs (4491 kg) Additional Informslon- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See pages 60 through 63 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates. 46

4.50" BIG BOAT BLOCKS 4.50"

big boat blocks are extremely useful for a variety of applications on offshore boats over 45 feet (13.7 m). They are used for mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, foreguys. afterguys, halyard leads and reefing blocks. Special Features Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 P H stainless shackles

Common Specifications Sheave dia - 4lh' (114 mm) Shackle pin dia - 13hf (10 mm) Max line size - SA' (16 mm) Max wire size - 5/16'(8 mm) 2% friction load - 6600 lbs (2994 kg) Safe working load -8250 lbs (3742 kg) Breaking strength - 16500 lbs (7484 kg) Additionallnlomation- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See pages 60 through 63 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.

Kevlar

9%'

45 02

5.50'

big boat blocks are useful on mainsheets of very large offshore boats and for halyards, backstays, reef lines, afterguys and sheets on racing and cruising boats over 50 feet (15 m). The large diameter sheave protects wire and rope while the very high breaking strength makes 5.50' big boat blocks suitable for extremely heavy loads. Spscial Feaiums Three-way head system Rollerhail bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Common Spm~Iiaiions Sheave dia -514' 140 mm) (12' mm) Shackle pin dia - l(% Max line size -%' (19 mm) Max wire size -346' (8 mm) 2% friction load - 8800 lbs (3992 kg) Safe working load - 10500 lbs (4763 kg) Breaking strength - 21000 lbs (9256 kg) A d d i i i o n a l ~ n ~ a t l o n -See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See pages 60 through 63 for blocks with stainless steel sldepiates. 48

"NO. ~ol.rrlpll~n

blptl

wip~

543

Single

Kedar Spectra

11' 279mm

6301 179kg

544

Single whecket

Kevlar Specha

13' 330mm

68 oz 1.93kg

545

Single

wire Rop

11' 279mm

6502 1.84kg

546

Single whecket

win

676

SW up

Row Wire Rope

13' 330 mm 9%' 248 mm

6901 1.96 kg 7 2 0 1 UselourW(10mm) 2.04 kg m fasteners

Stand up

hlar

9%'

Spectra

248 mm

70 ol ~sefaur3B'(10m) 1.98 kp FHfasenwa

W& 8.00

BIG BOATBLOCKS 'Limited production item - Please allow up to five weeks for delivery

These enormous blocks were originally designed for use on offshore racing catamarans over 70 feet (21 m) and are ideal for use on very large cruising boats or wherever an exceptionally free running block capable of handling extreme loads is required. Special Halures Rollerlball bearing System Three-way head system 17-4PH stainless shackles Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot Common SpecISEllions 7.W Blocks 8 . W Blocks Sheave dia 7' (178mm) 8'(203mm) W (l6mm) 25/32' (20mm) Shackle pin dim Max line size W (19mm) W (19mm) Max wire size %6' (8mm) W (l0mm) 13W Ibs (5897kg 19000 lbs (8618kg) 2% friction load 16500 lbs (7485kg\ 24250 lbs (11000kg) Safe working load Breaking strength - 4 2 W I b s (19051 kg) 61500 lbs (27896kg) Addition~)llnfomratim- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses.

BIG BOATFOOTBLOCKS

T h e loads on foot blocks are some of the hiahest that the runnina rigging can impose on a piece of marine hardware. Because of the magnitude of these forces, energy lost in the form of friction can bf substantial. Free running Harken big boat foot blocks use the Torlon balllroller bearing system to substantially reduce friction. 3.00"fool blocks with lockoffs allow sheets to be locked off to free winches during sail changes. 2.25"foot blocks use the hi-load combination bearing system and are designed for installations where the need for a comoact foot block outweiahs the need for velv low friction. "

Special Features

Polished bolts and washers Large swallows pass hockles Bolt pattern spreads load Addilionalintormation- See page 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See pages 6 throuah 63 for blocks wtth stainless steel sideDlates. See paae 53 for foot biock hole spacing.

.'X-

57 mm - R o p e

57mm

12 mm

Bmm

Wire

'h''

1/16

Rope

12 mm

8 mm

89mm 2 9 m m

198~

3l.4" 89mm

l fh" 29mm

1989

314 89 mm

2 1/8. 54 mm

13 02 3699

7 02

P -

2%" 57mm

Kevlar

76mm -.

Wire Rope

2!X

1302 120 3409

8799

3357 kg

12mm

Rmm

114mm

13/r6' 30mm

114 mm

30 mm

165 mm

35 mm

76 mm

Spectra

12 mm

76mm

Spectra

12 mm

114mm~. SDeclra

16mm

3%.

12mm

_Spectra

2-%6.(8mm)x3'(75

5613 kg

11226 kg

% (10 mm)x

mm)

'Limited production item - Please allow u p t o five weeks for delivery

no.

S~MO Dercrlptlon Dlanstor Groom

509

Single

C."

5 140 mm

Kevlar Spectra

Maximum S l a Llna Wire

Ovanll Lenpth

7a6'

192 mm

19mm

HsilM

Wslghl

2% Fdction oar Load

45 DZ 1.28 k

9700Ibs 4 kg-

38 mm

Sal0 WorLinp

,,,,

Breaklng Stmnpth

12375lbs 5 6 kg

24750lbs 1

F a h n l n Inclulad (See Pago 53 br h h n a r S F c i R l

5-W(1Omm)x

c:"","

531 0 ,

Double

Kevlar Vi Spectra 19mm

7' 178mm

Kevlar Spectra

7' 178 mm

Wire Rape

7%' 192mm

p mm

2%'

g,$' 241 mm

38 mm

9W 241 mm

1Vz' 3 8 mm

9H. 241 mm 9th'

2%' 72 mm 2%~'

8202 2 32 kg

9700Ibs 8050lbs 44m kg . . 3651 b

79or 2.24 kg

13Wlbs 5897 kg

22100lbs 10025 kg

44200lbs 2 0 0 4 9 k

8001 130001bs 2.27 k g 5897 kg 145 02 13000lbs 4 11 k g ~ 5897 kg 14701 13000Ibs

22100lbS 10025 kg 14365lbs 6516 kg 143651bs

20049 kg 28730lbs 13032 k(l28730lbs

16100lbs 7

5-~;p~mm~x

".,,*l.

510 Single 514 Single 533

5'h. 140 mm

Double

7' 178 mm

19mm 1 9 ~ m 8 mm

Kevlar W Spectra 19mm

win

me'

,H.

1 5-

M' (12 mm) x 3%r' (89 mm)

5-~,$(12mm)x S (127 m)

I I

'Limited production item - Please allow up to five weeks for delivery

D.r*@on

535 Single 536 Single 537 Double

538 Double

Slwlr~ ~brnmter Grim

8' 203mm 8' 203mm 8' Z03mm 8' mmm 1W 254rnm

Mldn~~ln Sin Llr Win

Ksvlar

spmra Wh Rope Kevlsr Spectra Wire Rope Wire Row

19mm 4

19mm %' 19mm

W 19mm 1' 25mm

k d 8mm

% 8mm 12mm

Wlnll

H M lll

1l7# 3Mmm 1 1 302mm 1 302 mm 11%' 302mm 15ks' 391mm

Umm 1%' 44mm 3Vi 83 mm 3W 83mm I 44mm

uqm

UhlM

14701 417kg 14701 4.17kg 26202 7.43 kg 26201 7.43kg 23002 6.52 kg

2% Mdlon 190001bs 8618kp 19Wlbs 8618kg 19WDibs 8618 kg IgOWlbs 8618kg 240Wlbs 10886kg

h k l q 3W001bs 13609kg 3axxllbs 13Wgkg 2WWlbs 9071 kg 2WWIbs 9071 kg 430001bs 19484 kg

MYXlOlbs 27218kg Baawlbs 27218kg 4WWlbs 18144 kg 4WWIbs 181Ukg 8MlWlbs 38969 kg

h h m n Included (&I Paw 59101 h h m r Spdn( 1- W (12 mm) X 3's (90 mm) 6-'~(12mm)x4~h'(114mm)

1 - W (12 mm) x 3W(90 mm) 6-M'(12mm)x6'(152mm)

IADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS I

2.25" (57 mm). 3.00 (76 mm) Foot Blocks 51 1, 528, 552,553,653,654,768,769, 1739,1740,1756,1757,1758,1759

1 E

8.00 (203 mm) Foot Blocks 535.536.537.538.776.777 . . . . 10.00 (254 mm) Foot Blocks

601,602.1742.1743

4.50' (114 mm). 5.50 (140 mm). 7.00' (l 78 mm) Foot Blocks 508,509, 510.512. 513. 514,529,530. 531,532,533.534.770.771,772,773, 774.775

11 mm

76 mm

Spreachers are ideal spinnaker sheet lead blocks for offshore boats. The double in-line sheave configuration permits use of the block for biooper and reacher sheets and simplifies inside-out s~innakerchanges. Harken spreachen feature large diameter sheaves riding on our exclusive Todon rollerhall bearing system for minimal friction and maximum sheet protection. The secondary sheave on the 722 and 723 uses a high load bearing which insures that, despite its small diameter, the sheave can handle even the high loads of reaching in heavy air. Spreachers are designed to pass shackles through the swallows of both sheaves (except 596 and 597) to facilitate leading new sheets during sail changes. Sprchl Halnnc Hanoing tab Three-way head system Rollerball bearing system Kevlar or wirelrope sheaves Mdlllonrl Inionnation See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See pages 60 thmugh 63 for blocks wiM stainless steel sideplates.

'Limited production item - Please allow up to f i e weeks for delivery Pad WO. 555

Stnm D l l m r L.wh R I ~ W saa~hq

sham 6~orr wire ROW Kwlar spectra win Rope Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Kevlar Spectra

102mm 4 ' ~ 114mm 4% 114mm 5%' 140 mm 5% 140rnm SW 140mm 5M' 140mm 4' 102 mm

3' 76mm 3' i%mm 3' 76mm 4U' 114 mm 4H' 114 mm 4 ' ~ 114mm 4M' 114mm 3' 76 mm

12' 305 mm 1 4 36zmm 14w 362 mm 18W 470 mm 1 8 470 mm 16%e' 411 mm 16%' 411 mm 1Y 305 mm

722

Wire Rope

3' 76mm

2w 57mm

723

Kevlar Spectra

3' 76 mm

2w 57 mm

556 .-

583 593 594 596 597 658

W pll

Sala L M ~

1.71 kg 101 02 2.86 kp 5302 2.78 kg 9601 2.72$ 9402 2.66kg 36m 1.02 kg

4950Ibs 2245~ 82501bs 3742~ 82501bs 3742 kg 105Wibs 4763 kg 105W lbs 4763 kg 105w1bs 4763 kg 105001bs 4763kg 4950lbs 2245 kg

3WOlbs 1633q m ~ b s 2994 ko 66~1bs rJ94 ku 68WIbs 3992 kp 8800 lbs 3992 kg BBWI~S 3532 kg Bmlbs 3992kg 3MKllbs 1633 kg

241 mm

2502 7060

49501hs 2245 kg

mooibs 1361 kg

9 241 mm

25az 7069

49501bs 2245 kg

300oibs 1361 kp

36m 1.02kg

2% Fllcnon hh d lnmq mlmq S ~ a d l q ~ b n m

€002

1.71 kp

woz

3000 lbs 99001bs 1361 $ 4491 kp ~WOI~S 1 ~ 1 b s 1361 $ 74&(kg m ~ b s1 ~ 0 0 1 b s 1361 kg 7Wkg m l b s 21WOlbs 2991 kg 9526 kg GMKllbs 210001bs 2994 kg 9526 kp GMlOIbs ZIWOI~S 2 W kg 9526 kg 66Wibs 21WOlbs 2994kg 9526kp 3WOlbs W l b s 1361 kg 4491 $

7303 lhs 3311 $

7m lbs 3311 kg

TITANIUM & S TAINL€SS RUNNER BLOCKS ... ... .

, ....,.. =..

.......---,.

.-.~. .

Parallel

R u n n i n g backstay blocks must be extremely strong and reliable but they must also be as small and light as possible. Harken's runner blocks offer reliability and strength in lightweight, compact blocks. Titanium runner blocks are state of the art hardware for serious offshore boats. After years of effort in our Custom Division, we have perfected the art of machining and welding 6-4 titanium to the point where we can offer production fittings of this high-tech material. Titanium has unique properties which make it eminently suitable for sailboat hardware. It is virtually corrosion proof and has amazing strength coupled with low weight. Even mass produced, however, the cost of titanium cannot be justified for every fitting. Runner blocks are one case where titanium's advantages are cost effective. The lightweight sideplates allow us to use larger sheaves to protect runner tails and still produce the lightest block possible. The aluminum sheaves have lightening holes and our high load composite/ball combination bearing. The 3" stainless runner block is an economical alternative for boats ranging from fractionally rigged half tonners to some 40 footers (12 m). The 796 & 797 offer these boats titanium performance. Blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or a shackle post head. Chooslnfl Runner Blocks Runner blocks must be sized according to the runner and checkstay wire or rod size. Match the breaking strength of the runner wire or rod to the breaking strength of the block. When a checkstay, or lower runner, is used, add 25% of the breaking strength of the checkstay to the breaking strength of the runner. For deck mounted runner blocks, calculate load plus the multiplier factor based on the angle of deflection, usually 164% of load based on 110'of deflection. See page 191 for commom wire and rod breaking strengths.

Special Features HI-load sheaves Computer deslgned sldeplates 17-4 PH stainless shackles Additional lnlormation- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of speclal features See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses

737

Slalnless

738

Stainless

Shackle Posts Perpendicular

76 mm 796

797

Tang Plate

Kevlar Spectra

5000 lbs 2268 kg

lOOW lbs 4544 kg

14 oz 397 g

Tlunlum single

76 mm

Kevlar Spectra

50001bs 2268 kp

lOOOOlbs 4544 kg

312 g

Titanium

Wire

5WOibs

1OOOOlbs

11 02

Runnar Pln Dlarnltsr

1102

OaWw

Pln DIarn8totsr

Part Ha.

8 h ~ m shDmpllm Dlamalar Gnas

696 Ttanium single

sata

waMng

nnauno Wnglh

Wsiphl

697 Ttanium

102 mm 4'

Kevlar Spema Wire

6250 1bs 2835 ko 62501bs

125Wlbs 5670 k~ 125Wlbs

15 oz 425 p 1502

705 iitanium

Kevlar

6250 lbs

12500 Ibs

17 02

706 Tianium

Wire

6250lbs

125001bs

1702

698 Taanium slqk 699 m i u m

5' 127mm 5'

Kevlar Spectra Wire

1WWlbs 4944kg 109001bs

21800lbs 9888kg 21600lbs

2801 7940 28m

707 m n i u m k h t 708 Ttanium

5' 127 mm

Kcvlar Spectra Wire

l090Olbs 4944 kg 10900lbs

218001bs 9888 kg 218001bs

33o1 9360 3302

~netipllon

741 Papendicular 696,697 shackle post 705.706 742 Parallel W6.697 shackk post 705.706 743 Perpendicular 698.699 shackk post 707.708 744 Parallel 698.699 s h a m post 707.708 748 Taw pbte 696.697 705.706 749 Taw plate 698,699

"IM ' 7 or 198 g 701 198 g 14 or 397 g 1401 397 g 3 02 85 Q 4 oz

Rvnmr PIn Dilmltsr

%d.W. %a',

Chem Fin DhmIw

l,$'

8 mm, 10 mm. 12 mm

M, %a'.

W,%d

Shmre

%fa WDrXlnD

Bnaklw

1732' 'Limited production item

- Please allow up t o five weeks tor delivery

700

Titanium single

6' 152 mm

Kevlar Spectra

14300 Ibs 6486kg

28MIOlbs 12973kg

40 02 1.13 kg

701

Titanium single

6' 152mm

Wire Rope

143001bs 6486ka

286001bs 12973kg

4001 1.13kg

Kwlar Spectra

14300 Ibs 6486 kg

28600 Ibs 12973 kg

48 02 1.36 kg

745

Perpendicular shackle post

700,701 709,710

1802 510 9

Wire Rope

143001bs 6486 kg

286001bs 12973 kg

48 02 136kg

746

Pmllel shaclde past

7W.701 709.710

l802 510 Q

Wire Rope

24250 Ibs 11OWkg

485001bs 21999 kg

58 02 1.64 kg

750

Tang plate

700,701 709,710

6 02 1709

5802 164kQ

1730 Perpendicular 1726.1727 47 02 shaclde post 1728.1729 1.33 kQ

Tlmium becket

Tllanlum beckel

152 mm 6' 152mm

1726 Tltanium single

203mm

1727 Titanium single

Kevlar

203 mm

Speclra

242501bs 11000 kg

48503 lbs 21999 kg

1728 Titanium bncket

8' 203 mm

Wire Rope Kevlar

24250 Ibs 11000kg 24250 1bs

48500 Ibs 70 02 21999kg 1.98 kg 48500 1 b ~ 7 0 m

710

~acriptlon

1731 Parallel Shaclde post

W~IOM

Pln oiamaer

Pln Dlammr

h'. W, He', W W,'/16', M. 12mm, 14mm, 16mm 10mm.12mm

1726.1727 47 02 1728,1729 1.33 k9 U'W

Ttanium swivel blocks are designed for nocompromise boats which are looking for the ultimate in high-strength, lightweight hardware. Titanium has unique properties which make it eminently suitable for sailboat hardware. It is virtually corrosion proof and has amazing strength coupled with low weight. The lightweight sideplates and heads are 6-4AL titanium for the best strength. The bails are shaped to hold sheets on the blocks while permitting the block to articulate close to the deck. Shackle heads are designed to swivel to insure fair leads and feature the three-way head system which allows the block to be locked in a front or side shackle configuration to prevent twists. The aluminum sheaves have lightening holes and our high load composite/ ball combination bearing. Titanium swivel blocks are available in four sizes with either wirelrope or KevlarISpectra grooves. They are used for many functions on boats from 33 feet (10 m) including, running backsrays, mainsheets, splnnaKer sheets and g ~ y shalyard , leaos and contro ltnes. Special Features Hi-load - -- sheaves . .- .. Computer designed sideplates KevbrISpectra or wire/rope sheaves 17-4 PH stainless shackles AddAionallnlomtian- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses.

Ttanium stand up blocks are designed for state-of-the-art boats which need the strongest, lightest gear possible. The titanium sideplates and heads are 6-4 titanium for ultimate strength. The block swivel heads are captive on a titanium padeye for the lowest possible lead with full articulation and the stand up device allows the block to follow leads even in light air. Bails are shaped to hold sheets on the blocks while permitting the block to pivot close to the aeck. Tne a l ~ mnum sneaves nave lightening holes and our hioh load comoositelball combination bearing. Titanium stand up blocks are available in four sizes with either wirelrope or Kevlad Spectra grooves. They are used for many functions on boats from 33 feet (l0 m) including mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker guys, halyard leads and control lines. Special Features Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates KevlarISoectra or wiretrooe sheaves Stand up base Integral padeye Additional lnlormation- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses.

mx 1718 1719 1720

Oiamder

Slvavs ~aiuht Omwa

3' 76mm 3' 76mm C 100 mm

Kevlar Spectra

1721

1722

100mm 5' 127mm

1723

1724

127mm 6' 152 mm

1725

Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire

64%' 157mm

6%' 157mm 7 200mm X 200mm 9lka' 249mm 9%' 249mm l

276 mm l

W ~ I ~ M Line Slzl 1602 l&' 4548 12mm 1602 4' 4549 12mm 28 oz M' 794fl 12mm 2802 4' 7948 12mm 5502 5X 1.59 kfl 16mm 55 oz M' 1.59 kg 16mm 65 oz % 1.84 kg 16 mm 6502 M'

11a1 Win Size

M6'

8mm

%a'

8 mm

Ms' 8mm

Me ~ a n m~ H 6mmFH H 6mmFH WFH 10mmFH XFH lOmm FH H l2mmFH 'W FH 12mm FH '4' FH 12mm FH H

o Lad 43Wlbs 19M$ 43Wlbs 19Mkg

'"ln~'

86Wlbs 3900$ 8MlOlbs 3900kg 62Mlbs 125Wbs 2835kg 5670$ 62Mlbs 125001bs 2835kg 5670kg 95W Ibs 19WOlbs 4310kg 86Z0kg 95W lbs 1SWOlbs 4310kg 8620U 120001bs 24WOlbs 5140 kp 10680kg 12000lbs 24WOlbs

anodized with Teflon impregnation for lightweight strength and maximum corrosion resistance. Sideplates are 316 stainless steel hand polished to a high luster. We offer the most popular Harken big boat nanging an0 foot blocks n slzes su~tablefor to~27 m). boats from 33 to 90 feet cl0 ~ , Other -~ sizes and configurations are available through our Custom Division. Stainless steel big boat blocks are offered with sheaves scored for wire or rope. KevlarISpectra sheaves are available by special order. ~

Special Featurns Hand polished stainless sideplates Rollerhall bearing system Addilional lnlonnatlon - See page 53 for foot block hole spacing. Refer to pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. 60

578 Fasteners included - See page 77

'Limited production item - Please allow up to five weeks for delivew

'Limited production item - Please allow up to five weeks for delivery

'Limited production item

- Please allow up to five weeks for delivery I

osrmiption

Lanmh

WalgM

6.0W (203 mm) Foot block 777 8.0W(2W mm) Double fool bbck 1742 10.W (254 mm) Fool block 1743 10.W' (254 mm) Double fool block

11% 302 mm 11%' 302mm 15V16' 397mm 15%< 397mm

203 02 5.76 kg 346 oz 9.81 kg 348 02 9.87 kg 604 02 17.12kg

776

Maximum S i l l Ropa W I ~

Hs'

19 mm %' j9mm 1' 25mm 1' 25mm

8 mm

He' 8mm 12mm %$1

12mm

24LFrlrtion Load 19WOlbs B618 kg 19OWlbs B618 kg 240001bs 10686 kg 24000 Ibs 10886kg

WE:g

Bnaklng %rangU

300W lbs 13609 kg 200001bs 9073 kg 430001bs 19484 kg 26657 Ibs 13004 ka

60000lbs 27218 kg 40WOlbs 18145kg 86WOlbs 38969 kQ 57333 Ibs 26008kg

h d e n n included Aluminurn ~ q u h a ~ e(S,. ~ RW 59 for F n t E n r ? 4 ~ l n p ) 536

1 -H'(12mm)x3'X(90mm) 6-H'(12mm)x4M'(114mm)

538

1 - W (12 mm) x 3M'(90 mm) 6-M'(12mm)xS'(152mm) 1 - % ( l 6 mm) x 3M' (90 mm) 6-5%'(16 mm) x4'h'(114 mm) l-W(16mm)x3W(90mm) 6-W(l6mm)xS'(152

W1 W2

BIG BOAT SHEAVES B i g boat sheaves are the foundation upon which big boat blocks are built. They are offered separately to give boat owners high quality sheaves for special applications. Big boat sheaves feature the Harken ball/roller bearing system in which Torlon rollers carry the high radial loads while Delrin balls support side loads. Groove shapes are available to properly support KevlarISpectra, rope or wire running rigging. Wide sheaves feature combination gmoves which will handle any material. When choosing big boat sheaves, care should be taken to choose a sheave based upon load carlying capability rather than physical dimensions. Sp#daI Featurns Torlon rollerhall baarina svstern Hardkote anodized, ~eflonirnpreghated 6061-T6 Aluminurn KevlarISpectm, or wirehope grooves AddlUonallnfomuIon- See pages 40 and 41 for an explandon of spec~alfeatures.

p olamotar MM

6nm

W Wire 22mm Row 501 1' ffivlar 25mm SpMd 502 % 1' Kevlar 29mm Specim 518 1' Wire 25mm Rope 519 1W Wire 29mm Rope 550 4' A' Wlre 102mm 22mm Rope 655 3' 56' Kevllr 76 mm 22 mm Spectra 656 4' A Kebiar 1Mmm 22mm Swctra 500

3' 76mm 4%' ll4mm 5%' 140mm 4%' 114mm 5%' 140 mm

?,"E;

Slh

Lud 3000 lbs 4950 lbs 1361 kg 2245kg 74W lbs 14650lbs 3357kg 6736U 97Wlb 14650lbs 67%$ 74Wlbs 148501bs 3357kg 6736kg 97Wlbs 146Mlb 44W kg 6736 kg 3W0 lb 4950 lb l633 kg 2245 kg 3WOlb 49501bs 1361 ko 2245 kg 3600 l b ~ 4950 lbs 1633kg 2245kg

h*lnm

'E FPlsnsn

mlpbl

Dlllnstrr 943Olb 4491 kg rSOOlbs 13472kg 297001bs 13472 to 297Wlbs 12472kg 297WIbs 13472 kg 99001bs 4491 $ gBOO lb 4491 kg 99Wlbs 4491 kg

10mm

19mm

10mm

22mm

lOmm

36'

19mm

10mm

l 35mm l

41 mm l

36'

22 mm

10 mm

35mm 1%' 41 mm

3.6'

10mm

10mm W 10 mm W lOmm

lOmm

lb' lOmm

601 1709 1501 4259 2601 7379 1602 4549 27az 7659 l002 284 9 6 OZ 1709 10 oz 284 0

Hi-load sheaves are the heart of our standard running backstay blocks and big boat deck organizers. They are offered separately for replacements and for use in special applications which require a very strong, compact sheave. They are popular for use in masts and booms and for through-the-transom running backstay installations. Hi-load sheaves use a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications which must carry very high loads in a restricted diameter. Breaking strengths are based on the use of solid 304 stainless steel shafts. Sp@cialFeaturns

Lightening holes Hi-load bearing system

Additional information -See pages 40 and 41

for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. 66

692,718

Harken's narrow halyard and steering sheaves are specifically designed for masthead and steering system installations where size and weight are critical considerations. Narrow halyard and steering sheaves are computer designed, use 6061-T6 aluminum, and feature lightening holes for maximum weight savings. The use of these sheaves in mastheads improves sail handling remarkably, speeding sail changes and allowing the use of smaller, lighter halyard winches. When used in steering systems, these sheaves return crucial "feel" to wheel steered boats. Because halyard and steering sheaves are subjected to very high loading, they feature a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this high load bearing System is extremely durable and well suited to masthead and steering installations. Breaking strengths are based on a solid shaft of type 304 stainless steel. This strength will vary if other shaft materials are used. Special Features Lightening holes Hi-load bearing system Narrow width Additional lnlormation- See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses.

695,721

MD.

Maximum Size Line Wira

Diamtetar

Width

Groove

Weight

Pin D!ameler

3' 76mm

16mm

Wire Rape

4% 01 128g

12mm

Wire Rope

8 or 2279

12mm

8mm

Wire Rope

1202 3409

34'

l9mm

7/18' 12mm

8mm

Wire Rope

19or 5399

19mm

12mm

lOmm

Wire Rope W Kevlar 19mm Spectra

2702 7659

1' 25mm

14mm

1Zmm

8 02 2279

'4. 12mm

Kevlar V' 19mm Spectra Keviar 6' 7 1 5 2 m m 22mm Spectra Kevlar 7' 1' 178mm 25mm Spectra

12 oz 340g

19mm

lOmm

3K 19mm

%S' 12mm

1' 25 mm

12 mm

Safe

Load

Bnakiq SImRnlh

691 692 693 694 695

102mm

19mm

S 127n.m

19mm

6' 152mm

22mm

178mm 4' 102mm

S 127mm

720 721

V' 7 6

1' 25mm

1902 5398 2702 7658

)h''

SA'

'h'

12000ibs 5443kg

37100 ibs 16828kg

16000ibs 7258 kg

37100ibs 16828kg

21000Ibs 9526kg

66000ibs 29937kg

8250 lbs 3742 kg

16500 lbs 7484 kg

12000ibs 5443 kg 16000 lbs 7258 kg 21000 ibs 9526 kg

37100 ibs l6828 kg 37100 ibs 16828 kg 66000 ibs 29937 kg

5mm

V16'

%6'

8250Ibs 3742 kg

16500ibs 7484kg 16500 lbs 7484kg- -

?h'

1Omm

Yld

10mm

H ' -

I?'

4000 lbs 1814kg

Steering sheaves are designed to put the "feel" back into boats with whee steering. They lead the steering cables from the wneel to tne a~adrantand redLce trrcrionin th.s hiohlv tn ~ loaded - svstem ~ ~ , a minimum. Since steering sheaves are placed in the weight sensitive aft end of the boat, we use our 692 and 694 lightweight narrow sheaves. These sheaves feature a hi-load bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to support the radial loads. There are four stainless brackets available for mounting steering sheaves. Pivoting brackets will lay over 45'to simplify alignment of the steering cables with the sheaves and quadrant. Fixed brackets are lighter and lower. All brackets feature bolt slots so that they can be twisted up to 10'for better alignment after installation. ~

Spaclal Faaturns 316 stainless steel brackets Larae diameter sheaves ~ i - h a dbearings Addhlonallnbrmatlon-See pages 40 and 41 for an explanation of special features. See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. ~~~

'Limited production item

- Please allow up to five weeks for delivery

I ' I *

NO.

D.rrrlElon

785 4'(102 mm) Steerinp sheave wnixed brackel 786 4' (102 mm) Steeriq rheave wlpivotinp braclat 787 6' (l52 mm) Steerbp shewe wmwd bracket 788 6' (l52 mm) Stkrino sheaw, wlplvotinp bracket

Max HI*I 4516'

llOmm 4'416'

125 mm

6%' 162mm

L~WM

3%' 95mm 4%' 114 mm 4% 118mm

3'Ae' 78mm 3%' 79 mm 3%' 95mm 3%' 95 mm

5%'

181 mm

146 mm

W.IO~I l902 5390 21 01 595g 40 02 1.1 kg 45 m 1.3 kp

Win sin YI 8' B mm %B' 8mm

%' lOmm

%' l 0 mm

&h WIW LOM 5000lbs 2268 b 35001bS 158Bkg 7500lb 3402kg 5WOlbs 2268 kp

g$ ICWOIbs 4535 kg 7WNIbo 3175 kg 15WNIbs 6804 kp lWOOlb 4535

FaaoMn 692 692 694 694

F.rtmar lOlC,l

6xYIdHH 2Wx2W 6x8mmHH 6 7 m m x M m m 4XWHH 3Wx2' 4x8mmHH W m m x 5 l m m 6x%'HH 3Wx2ks' 6xlOmmHH 86mmx65mm 4x%'HH 4lMs'x2%' 4xlOmmHH 119mmx60mm

COMPLEMENTARY HARD WARE

Rwnded teeth will not cU M t m line lhey hold by squeaiw line, n n cuniw into #.

1 'cast

Super strong cams made of Hardkote TsRm imprwnateddie sluminurn.

A speciai spriq made of ms finest spring malsrial inthe wodd. Completdy non-mmoside.

Onin hols alWw4 / m r to escape.

ham~0t8TBRm impr~gnatcdd e

cast a JmonLm wse MS fa ,!no lor rmmm m l d ~ ne and is raIse3 up so yo; can pull the llne !n wlthOul xrapmg knwles

Three m&of Delrinmbail bearings dislnbute high lwds eventy and allow camsto rotate smmthM and easily

BALL BEARING CAM-MATIC" CLEATS & ACCESSORIES T h e Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleat is the most significant product design since the ball bearing block. These cams open so freely, grip so securely, and release so easily that they could be considered almost fully automatic. Ball bearings allow the cams to open smoothly under even the highest loads so lines can be engaged or released without the need to draw the line through the cleat. The lack of friction in these cleats also means that the springs can be lighter so the cleats open even more freely and the teeth do not have to be sharp so your line lasts longer. There are four sizes of Harken Cam-Matic cleats for boats from the smallest dinghys to large offshore boats. The 279 micro Cam-Matic is designed for use with line from 1A' (3 mm) to V4' (6 mm). The aluminum teeth are designed to give good service even with the hard, small lines favored by dinghy sailors. The ll/is' (27mm) hole spacing allows cleats to be spaced close together and is perfect for use where a large number of control lines must be led to a small area. The all-plastic 2W low profile Cam-Matic should be used for applications which require a light cleat to handle small or moderate sized line. Use it when the load is light and adjustment is infrequent. Avoid using the 200 for applications where the line is drawn through the jaws during adjustment. The aluminum 150 Cam-Matic is used for high loads and for

applications where the line is adjusted onen or is drawn through the jaws during adjustment. The aluminum base and jaws make the 150 Cam-Matic a strong durable cleat which is ideal for most applications which require a cam cleat. The 280 offshore Cam-Matic was designed to complement the mid-range series of blocks. It will accommodate line to W (16 mm) and is designed to give rugged service in high load situations. Eyeotraps There are four eyestraps designed to mount on Cam-Matic cleats to provide a fairlead and to hold the line at the cleat when not in use. The 281 eyestrap fits the 279 micro cleat. The 201 fits the 200 and the 150 Cam-Maticaccepts the 137 eyestrap. The 201 may befitted to the 150 when a low profile fairlead is desired and the line is no larger than 5/16"(8 mm). The 280 offshore Cam-Matic uses the 282 eyestrap. For dimensions of eyestraps see page 82. Wedges The 145 wedge kit allows the 150 and 200 cleats to be raised and angled for better leads in speciai situations. Each kit includes a wedge and an under-deck shim to provide a properly angled mounting surface for nuts when the cam is through-bolted. Special Features

Delrin balls for smooth adjustment Rounded teeth protect line Drain holes in base

Wedge kit Low pmfile

l02 28 9 .l6 oz

Large eyestrap

8 oz

- . ..... ,

282

Description CamMatic

2'~~'

HsCM

Lelqth

1%~' 30mm

2% 65m~-

280

Fashner WeigM

1'K 32 mm

Fastermr spacing

Ma:ir

Minimum

Maximum

BnrLIw Strsnglh

sl,a

M"da'

h !! 3 mm

300 lbr 136k~

750 lbs 340 kg

Aluminum

150 ibs 68 kg

5001br 227 kg

Plastic

Low Profile Cam-Matic

1%8' 27 mm

2%' 65mm

1W 32 mm

3mm

Micro Cam-Matt

Ui 19mm

1'34s' 47mm

'A' 22 mm

3 mm

150 Ibs 68 kg

3001bs 136 kg

Plastic & aluminurn

llh'

500 lbs

1000 lbs

Aluminum

'h'

S t a n d up bases allow a variety of blocks to be held upright, yet swivel freely and pivot to provide fair leads under load. The 010 is often used on the mainsheet of small dinghys. Its ball and socket design allows blocks to swivel freely and to pivot to a 45' angle. Blocks may be fitted with springs, but even without springs. blocks will not hit the deck. The 010 accepts all Harken blocks with %" (10mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25" blocks, little fiddles, Me W 5 and 006,little Hexaratchets, and Hexaratchet 11+2's. Use care when selecting blocks as the maximum working load of the 010 is often less than that of the corresponding blocks. The 029 is similar to the 010 except that it accepts Harken blocks with 7/16' (11 mm) swivel posts. These include 3.00"cruiser blocks and fiddle blocks. Many of these blocks have working loads in excess of the &mum working load of the 029 and it must be selected with care. The 061 stanchion mount base permits easy attachment of a variety of blocks to 7A" or 1" (22 mm or 25 mm) stanchions or pulpits. It is frequently used for leading furling lines aft to the cockpit. The block is free to swivel and pivot to give the fairest lead

"*no.

~mcripliom

010 Ball & socket base 029 Lame ball 8 socket hoe 061

Slandbn mount base

1573 Mid-ran* stand up b m

~ e i g ~WI~M

Dlanhr

pea* Imlde

while a rubber stand up device keeps the block from hitting the deck or stanchion. The 061 accepts Harken blocks with W (10mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25" blocks, little fiddles, the 005 and 006,little Hexaratchets, and Hexaratchet 11+2's. The 061 is also sometimes used for flag halyards and light air spinnaker sheets. The 1573 is a stand up base for mid-range blocks. Blocks are sup polted by a spring, but are free to pivot to permit fair leads under load. The 1573 has a very low profile design which keeps the sheave close to the deck, making it ideal for use as a mast base halyard lead block. The safe working load of the 1573 is such that it may be used with any single, ratchet, or fiddle mid-range block. Mid-range double and triple blocks may be fitted to the 1573,but their safe working load is higher than that of the base. SpacialFsalufes Bases accept a variety of blocks Blocks will not hit deck Block can swivel and pivot freely

PI"

Size

lV i 44mm

3 oz 85 g

2H' 54 mm

ks'

l 0 mm

5 mm

4 07 1139

2%' 54mm

%6'

51mm

12mm

6mm

l!# 32mm

2 01 57g

lOmm

5mm

l'ks'

7 02

%S'

~ m d 4001bs 181 kg

inding Sbsngth 13WIbs 593 kg

hr(.net Wdnn #lOFH 5 mm

1' 25 mm

UseM.2S. limI'Mle, 8 Hexaratchets

4001bs 181 kg

13Wlbs 5Wkg

HOFH 5mm

1' 25mm

Use wnlddle, 3.OW c~ker8HwCats

350 lbs 159kg 1803 Ibs

Us8 wIDulM, 14 bullet. 2.25'8 kalalchsts

Use wlmid-mm8 bids

Harken cam bases provide a variety of mounting possibilities for blocks and cam cleats. The patented ball bearing swivel bases, 144, 205, and 1574, ride on two rows of ball bearings to insure smooth, easy pivoting under load. As you change positions in the boat, the base will swivel freely to insure afair lead even under high loads. The 205 and 144 are provided with the 145 wedge kit so the cam may be angled to best suit your speclic needs. The lightening hole d pass the on all SW vel cam bases may be ~ s e to sneet when the cam s reversed for a downwards release. The 205 is perfect for dinghys and small offshore boats where the base is mounted at deck level. It is used with big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks. 2.25 blocks, and little Hexaratchets. The cleat is the 150 Cam-Matic. The 144 is a more upright base and is ideal t on [he cockp t sole or on heavy for m o ~ nng coJrse ~-~ -~ racino &eel ooats an0 small offsnore boats where; larger block is desired. The 144 accepts 2.25"blocks. 3.00' light duty blocks, and the Hexaratchet 11+2. The 150 Cam-Matic cleat will handle line to 'R' (12 mm). The 1574 is designed to accept mid-range blocks and is suitable for use on the mainsheet of boats as large as 43 feet (13 m). It is fitted with the 280 offshore Cam-Matic cleat which will accept line as large as W (16 mm). The 240 and 241 swivel bases with cams are useful for control lines on boats of all sizes and are frequently used for mainsheets and jib sheets on boardboats and small dinghys. The 238 and 239 are used when your d~rectionof p ~ lisl not a ways d rectly in line with the cleat. The oullseye fairlead holds the llne at the cleat when not in use ~~

Special Features Smooth pivoting under load Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleats

116

M a g i c boxes are powerful, multipart tackles housed in a compact aluminum extrusion. The box eliminates twists and keeps the line perfectly organized. The secret to the Harken magic box is a patented ball bearing system to prevent friction between the sheaves and between the sheaves and the axles. Magic boxes are useful for outhauls, downhauls, cunninghams, jib halyards, backstays and many other controls which require a powerful tackle with a limited range of adjustment. They are used on boats from small dinghys to large offshore racers. Hi-load versions which useTorlon balls are available to increase the working load capability. Special Faaturns Common Spei#cations Ball bearing sheaves Line size - %2' (4 mm) Low stretch line Fasenen-in0 (5 mm) RH Removable beckets Numeric tensioning guide AddMonal Intomation- See pages 12 and 13 for suggested uses. 74

117 118 119 120 178 179 1W

in 182 135

1 136

Delrin

6:l

S 127mm 1W 254 mm

1' 25mm 1' 25mm

8 7 8W Boz mlbs Olbs 225mm 2279 210mm 136$ 408kg Delri 6:l 13%' 1002 12%' mlls Olbd 327mm 136 kg 408 kg M 9 mm 284g Delrin 01 5' 136' % 9' 12az 'Vie'x6W 8Wlbs 16Mlbs 127mm 35mm 232mm 3409 24x213mm 363kg 726kg Delrin 8:l 1W 136' 14W 15Moz '%e'xl338' 8001bs l6Mlbs 254 mm 35 mm 359 mm 4399 24 x340 mm 361 kg 726 kg Delrin 8:l 15' 138' 19' 1802 'ks'xl8'/i GWlbs 1GWIbs 381mm 35mm 483mm 5100 2 4 x W m m W k g 726$ Todon 6:1 5' 1' 8 6m 8 GW lbs 15M lbs 127mm 25mm 225mm 2279 2lOmm 272$ MO$ Todon 6:1 10' 1' 1Wi 100~ l ~ l b sl ~ ~ l b s 254mm 25mm M9mm 2840 327mm 272$ MO$ To~on 8:l 5' l 1202 'ks'xB3a' 9W 1WOlbs 2WOlbs 127mm 35mm 232mm 340g 24x213mm 454$ 907$ Todm 8:l 1D' 1 14W 15Mm 'Vis'xl3W l m l b s ZWDlbs 254 mm 35 mm 359mm 4390 24xMOmm 454 $ 907 kg Todm 01 15' l 19' 1801 'Vi~'x18Yi 10001bs 2WDlbs 381 mm 35mn 483mm 5100 24x484mm 454$ 907kg W (6 mm) diameler stainless s$sl S h o d lor6 pan magic box. Maws quib; dlsmnned of hatfard!. Vis' I8 mm1 m e i e r stainlesssteel S h w k f a 8 cart maalc box.

SMALL BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS D e c k organizers are used when a large number of lines need to be led in a small space. They are often used to run halyards and control lines aft from the mast to winches near the cockpit. Deck organizers are also ideal for many other applications which require multiple sheave cheek blocks. Small boat deck organizers feature 1ih' (38 mm) ball bearing sheaves. They are intended for use on rope halyards on boats under 26 feet 18 m) or for liahtlv loaded control lines on laroer boats. Small boat deck orgaiizeis are available in double or-triple sheave configurations. Stacked double and triple organizers are used when it is necessary to lead a large number of lines aft in a small area. Special Features Self-contained sheaves Compact length Low profile construction

Common Specifications Sheave dia- 114'(38mm) Fasteners -#l0 (5 mm) FH Max line size-%" (10mm) Max working load (per sheave) 300 lbs (136 kg) Breaking Strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg)

273 Stacked triple

6'%d

12%

MID-RANGE DECK ORGANIZERS 1 Running halyards and control lines aft allows the crew to operate the boat from the security of the cockpit. Deck organizers are used to lead multiple lines from the mast. They are useful for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, Dole litts and other control lines. Deck oroanizenare also ideal fo; many other applications which require mukple sheave cheek blocks. Harken mid-range deck organizers feature 2' (51 mm) ball bearing sheaves. Sheaves are available in plastic for rope halyards or controls and in Hardkote anodized aluminum for wire halyards. They are intended for use on halyards on boats to 37 feet (11.5 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Mid-range deck organizen are offered in double or triple sheave confiourations. Stacked double and triole oroanizen are available whenit is necessary to lead a large number ofiines aft in a small area. ~

Spacial F@a&ms Common Speci#catlom Self-containedsheaves Sheave dla - 2' L51 mm) Large diameter sheaves Fasteners - W (6 mm) ' Compact length Max line size -5/8" (16 mm) Low profile construction Max wire size (alum sheave) -7/32' (5 mm) Aluminurn wire sheaves Maxwrldng load (per sheave) -500 lbs (227 kg) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) AdUIfonal Intomation- See pages 33 and 42 for suggested uses. 76

1500 Double sheave 1501 Triplesheave

1502 Stacked double shave 1503 Stacked lriple sheave 1504 Ooubkaluminum shave 1505 Triple aluminum shave 1506 Stacked double aluminum sheave 1507 Stackad triple

bwlh 6 175mm 9%8' 233 mm 6 175mm 9%' 233 mm 6 175mm

9%d 233 mm

674'

175 mm

%E'

Hllphl

Wllpht

1%'

gih0z

29mm

2690

1%'

13%)0z

29 mm

383p 16'hOz 4680

2%'

54mm

2%'

23%. 02 6668 1 1202 29mm 341p l!# 17m 29 mm 482 g 54 mm

2'A'

2202

54 mm

624 Q

2%'

31 oz

Flrtrnmr Spaclno 5'Qs'x 1%' 148mmxMmm 8'A' X 1%~' 207 m m x M mm

51He'xl%e' 148mmxMmm 8'A.x 1 % ~ ' 207mm x30 mm 5'34s' X 1% 148mrnx30mm 8'A' X 1%' 207 mmx30 mm 5'%6'xI%d 148 mmx30 mm 8iXx 1He'

BIG BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS

- -

We"

0 B

@-c3

0 aoO

0 0

0 moO

me"

726

7 2 m - k 702Krnj

725

D e c k organizers are used to lead multiple lines to halyard stoppers or winches. They are used for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts and any other control lines which must be lead aft from the mast base. Organizers are also perfect for many other applications which call for a multiple sheave cheek mounted lead block.

Common Specifications Sheave dia- 214" (57 mm) Fastener spacing -2W (70 mm) Max wire dia - 516' (8mm) Max line size - W (16 mm) Height- 11h' (29 mm) Safe working load per sheave 4950 lbs (2245 kg) Breaking strength per sheave 9900 Ibs (4491 kg) AddMonalInfwmaIion- See pages 42 and 43 for suggested uses. See page 61 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.

Special Features Self-contained sheaves Compact length Low profile construction Hardkote anodized aluminum

rotll ~otll Dacrlptlon Lm@h WsioM Sshl W o rod Y w Bnakino mnm

hnsnnn lncludnd

724 Twosheave

7 % ~ - I ~ ~ A O Z49501bs 156 mm 5530 2245 kg

m ~ b s2-3~(10mm)x3'(7~mm) 4491 kg

725 Threesheave

1 0 % ~27Moz 262 mm 7809 13lAs' 35 02 332 mm 992 Q

148501bs 3-~'(1omm)x3'(7~rnm) 6736 kg 19800 lbs 4-%(10mm)x3'(75 mm) 8981 $

726

Foursheave

7425ibs 3368 kg 99W lbs 4491 kp

Harken rudder bearlngs brlng steenng out of the Stone Age. Multlple races of balls and rollers reduce steerinariction to a minimum allowing the use of tillers on boats to 45feet and optimizing "feel" on wheel steered boats. Tnese bearings are deslgned to hanole 00th radlal (side) and axial ivertical\ loads. Tne axial loaa carryhp ability allows the bearings to carly the welght of the rudder. Rudder bearings are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. A plastic liner on the inner race bears directly on the rudder shaft to insure proper fit and to eliminate any possibility of electrolysis. This combination provides a strong, lightweight bearing that is nearly impervious to corrosion. The Torlon ball and roller bearinos reauire no lubrication and are desloned to operate either immersed or dly. Modification to standard 10 is part number 641. Please allow up to five weeks for delivery. Production rudder bearings are offered in seven sizes suitable for boats from one designs to off-shore racers as large as 50 feet (15 m). Minor variations of inside diameter are available on a special order basis at slight additional cost. Fiberglass rudder tubes which are sized to exactly match our larger bearings are available to simplity installation. The inside surface of these tubes is gelcoat for a smooth, waterproof finish. Polyester resin is used SO that the tubes may be bonded to your boat without using exotic resins. Common Specifications 611-625

1780 1761

1782 1763 1fB(

Fasteners-

1XFd 6mmFH

#E FH 4mmFH

WI] FH 4mmFH

Flange thicknessHeight -

6 mm

1/4'

5 mm

1/4'

6 mm

3.620' 1.425' 2.642' 91.95 mm 36.2 mm 67.1 mm

RUDDER BEARING INSTALLATION GUIDE

Tillar shared boat The upper bearing is normally a flanged bearing which is bolted to the deck or the cockpit sole (A). The tiller head rides on the inner race to transfer vertical loading to the rudder bearing (B). NOTE: set screws are intended only to keep the shaft from turning inside the bearing and are not intended to carry vertical loading of the rudder. Most retrofits will use aflanged upper bearing with the hub extension down because they do not have enough shaft length to use an upper bearing with the hub extension up. The lower bearing is normally secured to the shaft wfih set screws (C) and raised into the fiberglass tube carrying the shaft through the hull. The lower bearing is typically secured in one of two ways. Some people like to drill and tap the thick glass where the fiberglass tube is bonded to the hull (D) and secure the lower bearing with set screws. ... . Other people l~keto use a sealant like 3M 5200 on the exterior surface where the bearing meets the hull (E) to keep the bearlnp from turnlna. Do not bed the lower bearlna with a sealant as thls may make rimoval very difficult. Wheel steered boat The upper bearing is normally a fianged bearing which is bolted to the deck or the cockpit sole (A). To transfer thevertical load of the rudder to the bearing, the emergency tiller head is often fitted to the shaft and rides on the inner race of the bearing (F). On some boats the to^ of the shaft will be f l e d with a collaroi a nut to transfer the wrtical load of the rudder to the bearings. The lower bearing is normally installed like the bearing on a tiller steered boat, but provision should be made for a stuffing box to keep water from entering the noat. In many cases, the flberglass tube is cut off a few inches above the lower bearino IGI and a stuffing box (H) is bonded to this tube to provide a'waiertight seal.

Because a failure cannot be tolerated in a steering system, we will not sell rudder bearings without a consultation to determine the suitability of the bearing for your application. Please call or write our rudder bearing department with the following information so that we may do a computerized load analysis and specify the correct bearing for your boat. 1) Boat model 2) Length overall 3) Lennh waterline 4) Displacement 5) Rudder length (vertical depth of the blade) 6) Surface area of oneside of the blade (or profile dimensions and we will calculate) 7) Distance between upper and lower bearing points 8) Exact shaft diameter at each bearing point

hlt b.

Flh lorlnp NO.

I~llldaM a m t w

Yhllbl Rr Frm

611 4.w 1702 634 612 101.75 mm 482 g 613 614 4.506 22 02 635 615 114.45mm 624 g 616 617 5.w 26 02 636 618 127.15mm 737 g 619 620 5.506' 30 02 637 621 139.85mm 851 g 622 623 6.W 35 01 638 624 152.55 mm 992 9 625 Tukavalhble in lhesa lsnplhs: 2' (610 mm); 3' (914 mm); 4' (1.22 m); S' (1.52 m)

M o s t small Harken sheaves are not self-contained and cannot be supplied loose. We offer the sheaves which are selfcontained for applications where you need to add a free rolling sheave to your own special configuration. Constoer (oad ng c a r e f ~I/ an0 rememoer that nalyaro sneaves carw tuv ce the oao of the ha vard Self-contained sheaves are sensitive to overtightening. U& lock nuts on the fasteners and avoid applying squeezing loads on the sheaves. The micro, bullet and big bullet self-contained sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearings. They are scored for rope and should not be used for wire. Mid-range sheaves are available in either Delrin or aluminum. Use aluminum sheaves for wire. Self-contained wire sheaves are Hardkote anodized alurninum with Teflon impregnation. They ride on a hi-load composite bearing. The I l h ' (38 mm) and 2" (51 mm) sheaves have ball bearings to minimize friction between the sheave and the sideplates caused by twisting loads. The 1" (25 mm) wire sheave uses low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The 161 dual sheave universal lead includes two 160 sheaves and is used to divert a line which must turn in either direction. It is often used behind the traveler car on a self-tacking jib or to lead a catamaran traveler control line to a cleat.

Oescriptiom

Sheave Maximum Size Oiamatar Wldth WeiOM

277 Micro sheave 160 Bullet sheave

265 Big bullet sheave -

161 Dual sheave unlYersallead

303 Wire sheave

307 Wire sheave p p

311 Wire sheave

22mm

1Omm

6mm

1%' 29mm

Moz

8mm

'h or

38mm

?mm 9Ad 14mm

34' 10mm

l 29mm

7%'

102

22mm

28g

1' -- -

8002

25mm 1%' 38mm 2' 51mm

1533 Small mid-range sheave

2' S1 mm

1534 Small mid-range aluminum sheave

2' 51 mm

9%'

7 mm 1%~'

140

79 101

lOmm

289

1302'

1% oz

lOmm

439 t'hoz

5%"

oiamaimr 6

5mm 4 '

6mm p

i 6mm

4 '

]A?"

6mm %s' 5mm

B mm

_ _

Max WorXlq

2 mm A'

3 mm

6mm

%s'

k6'

5 mm

8 mm 'K

22mm

43g

%s' 14mm

2h 02

%a'

3As'

22 mm

71 g

14mm

5 mm

~oad

2DOibs 91 kg 300 ibs 136kg 3001bs 136kg 300 1bs 136kg

l000 ibs 454 kg 1500 lbs 680 kg

2000 Ibs 907 kg

500 1bs

6 mm

227 kg

'/d.

500 lbs 227 kg

6 mm

Eyestraps are useful accessories. They form light duty mounting bases for blocks, serve as lash down points, and several are used on Cam-Matic cleats as fairleads.

R d e y e s are great for mounting blocks and are also used as attachment points for staysails, reefing blocks, and hundreds of other items. Harken offers padeyes in both stainless steel and in lightweight titanium. The diamond shaped padeyes, 688 and 689, are 316 stainless and are often used at mast bases where the 0 amond shape allows them to be mo~ntedvery c ose Together. Tne 690 and 648 ,oadeves are 17-4 Prl stain ess Titanium padeyes are extremely strong for their weight. They are of 6-4 titanium with a vapor honed finish. Considering the number of padeyes used on a modern racing boat, titanium padeyes offer an opportunity for s~gnificantweight savings. For maxlmum strength, always align padeye bails to the load. 82

689,690: Use %em (8 mm) R i 648,756: Use 3g' (10 mm) FH

F ~

Dmcriptlm no. 688 Small shinless diamond 889 Larwminkss diamond 690 Square 17-4 &inless 755 Small round tiianlum

3lA' 79mm 37A' 98mm 2%' 70mm 2m' 57 mm

756 Mdium round tlanium 757 Large round titanium

76 mm 3%' 95 mm

M 8 Round 17-4 siainless 702 l t n i u m toggle 717 Large &inless top* 729 Small stainkss tW9k

3 ' 76 mm 4% 114mm

5' 126mm 4lX 114 mm

2H' 60 mm A ' 73mm

l 32 mm

1316' 30 mm 131s' 40mm

He' 14 mm

51 mm 2%' 59mm 2%' 70mm

1 1 38mm 38mm 1 1 ~ ~ ' 1%~' 27 mm 30 mm 131s' 1%' 33mm 40mm % '1 44mm

1%' 48mm

35mm

1%~' 33mm 2%' BOmm 351s' 84mm 2% 60mm

48mm 1He' 4omm 2% €Qmm 3'%a' 97mm 216' Nmm

1%6' 37mm 131s' 30mm 1%' 44mm 2' 51 mm % 1' 44mm 21A' 54mm

W' 70mm 2 54mm

'A' 22mm '31s' 21 mm %' 16 mm 1' 25mm l

27mm 1%6' 24mm 1316' 21 mm l

29mm 1%~'

21 mm

wslpht

'A'

4% (U 135 g 7'hoz 2139 8 oz 2279 21hoz 71 g 602 1709 1102 3129 1101 3129 2902 9029 7002 22769 41 OZ 1275g

22 mm l'A6' 27mm 1%eS 30mm 1946' 24 mm 1 38mm

W 44mm 17/76' 37mm %S'

14mm W 19mm 6

14mm

Sah Wotking Land 2 S 38W Its. SOWlbs 4300 Ibs 1770 kg 2270 kg 1950 kg 85Wlbs 8000ibs 78001bs 3854 kg 3628 kg 3540kg 85W lbs 86001bs 78001bs 3854 kg 3900kg 3540 kg 50001bs 45001bs 43001bs 2270 kg 2040 kg 1950 kg 1WOOlbs 66001bs 850Olbs 4535kg 2990 kg 3850 kg 2WWlbs 120001bs 140001bs 9070 kg 5440 kg M50 kg 120Wlbs 110001bs 85001bs 5448 kg 4994 kg 3850 kg 143Wlbs 1430Olbs 120001bs W86 kg W86 hp 5448 kg 3OOWlbs 300001bs l8OOOlbs 13608kg 13608kg 8165 kg 143001bs 143001bs 120001bs W26 kg 6406 kg 5448 kp

amakinp Stmnm 1 P 3 7800 Ibs lO0OOlbs 8600 Ibs 3540 kg 4535 kg 3900 kg 19WOlbs 172001bs 15BOolbS 8618 kg 7800 kg 7075 kg 170Wlbs 172001bs 156W lbs 78W kg 7075 kg 7710 kg 10OOOlbs SWOlbs 0600lbs 39W kg 4535 kg 4080 kg 200001bs 132001bs 170001bs 5990kg 7710kg 9070 kg 400001bs 24000ibs 280Wlbs 18140 kg 1089Okg 127W kg 240Wlbs 22WOlbs 17WOlbS 10896kg 9988 kg 7710 kg 286001bs 2BMXllbs 240WlbS 12972 kg 12973 kg 10896kg 6WOOlbs 6OWOlbs 380WlbS 27216kg 27216kp 16330kg 2BMlOlbs 286Wlbs 240Wlbs 12973kg 12973kg 10876kg

Accessories are useful items which complement the product line. The 062 hand hold is popular on boats like Solings to help hiking crew re-enter the boat and is often used as a comfortable handle for engine covers, etc. It has a drain port. Springs support blocks on bases, eyestraps, padeyes, and traveler cars. The 077 is used to attach a Hexaratchetto the steering..post of DN icebmts. The 093 U-adapter attaches swivel post blocks to other posts or tangs. Snap shackles fit a wide variety of small boat blocks to make them removable. The 237 bullseye is used as a fairlead when there is lime deflection. The 630 hanginp tab replaces a washer on big boat blocks to form a shockcord attachment point for suspending blocks from the lifelines. Polished and machined bolts are attractive fasteners for use with Harken blocks or any other mounting needs on your boat.

8 I 630 Hangingtab

1%' %a' Sumends block lmm lifeline 44 mm 25 mm l 0 mm 5 mm with shockmrd. Fits 3 . 0 n 4.W4.5W, and 5.50'blocks.

Polllhdgtllllllrr Stnl lob h Wlrhen

MNo. 567 560 569 570 571

Dh.mn8d %a'-18 %s'-18 W-16 l W-16

b*a

Rd. NO.

S(76mm) 4'(102mm) V(76mm) 3'h'(Wmm) 1'(102mm)

572 573 574 575 592

Dl8.llhnad l

'X-13 M'-13 W-13 'X-13

B o b c m 9 wim two washes and a nut

bqh 4W(ll4mm) 3W(Wmm) 4W(114mm) F(127mm) V(152mm)

Can accep a variety of b b k s to match your bo#s needs.

Ball tearing sheaves ease traveler adiusbnent. Conlml bk& assemblies mount on track for easy Installabon.

Oslrin or Tcilon balls lnsum a non. mnosiYe barinp syslem.

-Horizontal bearing races allow a very low profile car design. RebrculatingTorlon balk ride direaiy ontraaso can won't Y d under non-verdcal or twisting loads.

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easlly under all loads.

adjustmem from a variety of pos$ions in the coc@R. Trim caps dress track ends and prevmtsh?rp edges

l2 End S l o ~ s

Every car, end stop and control assembly features energy absorbing bumpersto cushion the high shock loads of accidental jibes.

Hi-Beam Track 155.560 and 1511 hi-beam tracks are designed to span cockpits or companionways without a suppolt bridge. 560 and 1511 tracks use a patented sliding bolt attachment process which allows variable bolt spacing.

good traveier makes sailing more satisfying. It allows subtle adjustments and instantaneous response to changing conditions. Fast, responsive boats like the Nacra 5.8 shown sailing on page 85 need good travelers so they use Harken recirculating ball bearing travelers. Harken travelers introduced recirculating plastic ball bearings. They are designed to move freely under even high non-veltical loads. They also offer a multitude of other unique features that make them the lowest, freest running and most versatile travelers in the world. Five ranges of Harken travelers are available to fit any boat from the smallest dinghy or beach cat to the largest maxi boat. 86

Track is Hadkote anodized with Teflon impregnation for superior COnOSIon resistance.

Adjustable Stops Adjustable stops are available for many tracks for use where control lines are not desired.

Ball Bearing Control Blocks Ball bearing control block assem. blies are available to fit small, mid-range and big boat tracks.

Trackavailabk in low profile or high beam conliQurafions.

Mainsheet Sheave Carriers Mainsheet sheave carriers pivot forward to allow fair leads when the boat is running. Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars Windward sheeting cars allow sailors to pull the car above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. The car stays in position during a tack and can then be pulled above the centerline in the other direction.

Swivel Ears and Low Pivoting Shackle Swivel ears allow a choice of control blocks and the low pivoting shackle allows load to be applied at severe angles without binding.

Anplinp Cam Cleats 209 and 210 cars feature Cam-Mat~ccleats on adjustable arms whlch can be set to the most convenient angle for your boat

Breaking Stt'en~th The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, cars will come off of the track, or the hardware will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates, car bodies, track, and bearings. Breaking strength is determined in a static condition on straight track and may be less on curved track or when cars are rolling.

Traveler Car Couplers Couplers are available to joln some cars, lncreaslng load carrylng ablllty whlle malntalnlng the ablllty to roll on t~ghtr a d ~ ~

Safe Workin0 Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. Free Rolling Load The load at which cars will roll freely. Cars should not be used at loads higher than free rolling load.

Dinghys & Light Daysailers I

I Multihulls Sheeling Under 70 l? Under 6 r?

156 157 171

Mid Boom Sheeling

End Boom Sheeling

Mid Boom Sheellng

156 157 171 209 211

156 157 171 209

156 157 171 2W

Small Oflshore Boats & Heavy Daysailers

Large Offshore Boats

TRAVELER USE CHART

This chart shows proper travelers for three categories of boats: Dinghys and small daysailers. Small offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers. Large offshore boats. Traveler specifications are based on mainsail area and the position of the sheet on the boom. Where an arrow is shown, use the larger traveler if your sail area is at the upper end of the range. 88

Purchase Recommendations for Traveler Conlrols Sail Area Control Purchase

Horizonlal Bend In a horizontal bend, the track stavs flat and the ends c.rve to tnz oat. or stern of tne ooar nor zon1a opnos a oh tne I r a ~ e t e rto fo on the radius of the boom as it swinosacross the boat, but are sirnettmes .sea IOI noon1 uangs an0 occaslona 11 for st3,sa S especaa 11!nose with booms

VertiEalBend, EndsDown-This is the most common bend. It is usually used for malnsheettravelers mounted over the cabin house. The curve matches the crown ofthe cabin house for esthet~creasons and allows the track to clear the companionway hatch while minimizing the height ofthe track risers.

Vertical Bend, Ends Up These bends are frequently used for stavsalls The track S bent toa rao .S eq-a l u tne LP of tne sa p1.s tne 0 Stance from me c en 10 the track. The track is generally mounted on risers and angled fotward 45" to face the clew of the sall.

Vertical Bend, Ends Up -Some racing boats use a vertlcal bend with the ends up to relieve leech tensionlng whlch occurs when the traveer car is moved off of the centerlne. This phenomenon is exacerbated when part of the ma~nsheet tackle is placed off of the traveler car on the centerline of the boat as is oiten the case with fine tunelgross trim systems.

CURVED TRACK

T r a v e l e r track is often bent to follow the curve of the cabin house or the radius of the boom. Occasionallv, tracks are bent verticallv with the ends up to relieve tensioning of the leech as the traveler car is moved off of the centerline of the boat. Very shallow curves in low profile tracks can often be bent during installation, but if necessary Harken will bend traveler track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely to the track end, but typically leave 2"to 5 (50 to 125 mm) unbent at each end depending on the type of track. Harken traveler cars must be matched to the radius of your track. Tne oaa carrylng ao ry of a car s a m~nlshedin re at on 10 tne severlw 01 Ihe oeno cons^ t tne chans on the trave er car pages for rne m ~ nm L m rao,Ls a car ,v r oe on Wnen yo,r oaas dernano a ona car ana traclc needs to be oenr in a r qnt raolLs Y O J may neeo ro s;e two shon cars .o ned oy a COJPer.. narcen mlnl-max ana rnaxl lraveler cars cannot r de on venlcal bends with a radius under 80 feet (24.2 m).

Orderinn Information -To rne f o & ~ n g nlormal on

Radus

Chord Length

Simple ..~ z

order curved traveler track, please specify

1 Pan n.moer of track 2. Length of track or length of chord 3. Direction of bend: 0 Horizontal 0 - Vertical. ends down A Vertlca , enos DI. A C o m p o ~ n onor zonra an0 uertlcal p , 3 Cornpo~ndnor zonta and vertlca oown 4 Cnora deptn or rao JS of Den0 C o m r n ~ ncate tne nlormatlon c a r d * y to harcen or yo-r Har6en dealer 10 nSJre lhaf /oLr trac6 IS bent correct y To oerermlne tne pr ce of a oeno, see cnan for part nLrnoers ~

ComoundBend-Camoound bends are a combination of a venical and a nor 7onta o ~ r oA common examp P ..o:a oe nnen d l r d c * S c.r\eO In In? nor ,oota p me to 'o on lne rag .r of In? ooom an0 s maunteo to a necK which hasa slight venical crown

Tlad

Major Bend Pad No,

Compound Bends Major PanNo. Part No.

Simple

276 274 2751528 1529 1527 1532 1530 1531 790 791 789 793 794 792 795 795 795 SimpJsBsndTrack Length of 6' (183 m) or less and chord depth 18s than 8. (200 mm). MaiorBsnd-Track lenoth of 7' 12.13 m) or greater or chord depth of 8. ~ O mm) O or greater. ' Comp~undBmd- Bend in both horizontal and vertical planes CompoundLm~leBend Roln nerlfls Are S np c oenas CompabndMaJorBend- On* or ootn orllos ar? ina 01 oenas

142. 143,154 or155 t5lO 1535 1511 516.680. 758.759 560,1701 or 1706 E60 or 661

Band Part No.

286 1581 1582 576 577 795

H a r k e n traveler kits are prepackaged sets of the most popular configurations of Harken small boat, mid-range and big boat travelers. Each kit includes a car, appropriate control blocks for the car, and the correct traveler control blocks for the track ends. Kits do not include track, trim caps, track fasteners or control lines. Package back describes how to choose appropriate track for each kit and shows correct control line for each assembly. Harken traveler kits are ideal for dealers and offer owners a convenient prepackaged set. Other configurations of traveler cars and control blocks and travelers for other sizes of boats are described in detail on pages 86 through 110 of the catalog. See pages 92,95, and 99 for traveler track and trim caps. Special Featunrs

Recirculating ball bearing cars Pivoting cam arms Cam-Matic cams .. ~ ~ ball .. . .bearina ~ ~ . Addl~~anal~n(ortnati& See pages 86 and 87 tor an explanarion of soecial features. See Daae 88 for sbggesteo uses. See pages 196 an0 197 f6r suggested travelei SjrStemS. ~~~

DmI,tlO" Small boat trawler kil

Track and line not niculde-

Tn"eler Car 215

w l n r CnbDls

cnbol Fwchlrr

~ltr Tnct

lyplar

TWO 063

259 81 260 1520 8 1521 564 6

3:l

142,143, 154,155

20 - 27' 6m-Bm

4:)

1510.1511. 1535 516.560.

27' 34' em-lOm

Two

. ..

[rawer KU Big boat

comd Blocks

1515 615

Two

4:l

km -

32' - 45'

Yd.bom8h8 12 m2

16 m'

225 ff 21 m2 300

275 ff 25 m'

, ICFL"

Harken small boat traveler cars are used on boats from the smallest dinghys to offshore boats as large as 27 feet (8 m). A wide variety of cars insures that you will find exactly the right system for your boat. Dinghy cars use Delrin ball bearings while hi-load cars use Torlon balls for greater working load. 1250 series cars feature a longer body and Torlon balls for maximum load carrying ability. Travelers wRh fixed sheaves and eyestraps are designed for situations where the mainsheet load is within 10 degrees of vertical. Cars with pivoting shackles are designed to accept loads up to 40 degrees from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally 10 tne angle of loading. 209 and 210 traveler cars with flxeo sheaves and aolustable cam cleakallow a very simple installation. The cams can be adjusted to suit a variety of cockpit arrangements. Special FeaNlras Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choica of control blocks

Common S esiNcslions Width - 2 4 6 ' (56 mm) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Car body height l%6' (24 mm) Ball dia - 1/4' (6 mm)

. .-,

Pall no.

-1

OacIIptl011

Overall Leqn WdnM

Mralmum Lusd Capacity

156 Car wlpivaing shackle

2 4'h 02 73 mm 1289

500 Ibs Use IM vanas, 227 kg seM-tackingiibs

157 Car wflixed sheaves & eyestrap

% 2' 5'hoz 73mm 1569

5001bs Use onlyif load 227 kg isvetical

158 Hi-load c a r w l p ~ o l i n ~ Shkkle

2 4'1102 73 mm 126 g

850 lbs Use for vangs. 386 kg sen-tacking jibs

159 Hi-bad car wflixed sheaves & Wstrap

2%' 5 M 02 73mm 1569 2%' 5 oz 73 mm 142 g

850 lbs Use only V load 386 kg 1s vertical

171 Car wlpivoting shackb & swivel mntrol block fntinp

2 172 Hi-load car wlpivoting shackle &swivel control block finings 73 mm 209 Car wKued sheaves & adjustable cam cleats

5 01 142 g

6 Y i 14'h oz 171 mm 411 g

500lbs Use0821or2:l; 227 kg 083 lor3:l 8501bs Use 082 lor 2:l; 386 kg 083 for3:l 500 Ibs Use mly l load 227 kg isvenical

% 6' 141102 850 1bs Use Only l load 386 kg is vertical 171 mm 41 1 Q 4W 802 1250Ibs Useontylf load 214 1250 car wff'lxed sheaves 567 kg isvedcal & eyestrap Illmm 2270 215 1250 car wlpiwting shackle 4W 77,502 1250 lbs Use 1251or 2:l; B swivel control block finings Illmm 2139 567 kg 1261or3:l 210 Hi-load carwflixed sheaves &adjustable cam cleats

175 Car coupler

. ~ .~ ,

K o f balls- 40 (214 and 215 use 64) Addilionallnlomtation- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 194 and 195 for suggested traveler systems.

(C.'

41402 128 g

1500 Ibs Joinstwo 1% canto 680 kg increase working load

176 20 Replacement Delrin balls

F'ts 156,157.171.209 & 211 can

177 20 Replacement

Fits 158,159,172,210,212,214,215 & 639can

I SMALL BOAT TRACK ,

S m a l l boat tracks are available in low profile or high beam configurations. Low profile track should be used when the track can be supported at each fastener hole. Hi-beam track should be used when spanning a cockpit or other unsupported area. See chart below for spanning capability of small boat track. Either track will accept any small boat car The first fastener hole on 154 and 155 track is located 2 " (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 142 and 143 track is located 50 mm (11V16") from the end. End Slops and Trim Caps All track is supplied without end stops. 173 and 174 ends are designed for small dinghys and low load situations. 263 and 264 heavy duty end stops are designed to absorb the shock loads of unintentional jibes and are for use on larger dinghys and small keelboats. 261 and 262 trim caps are designed to finish the ends of track when control block assemblies are used. Curvsd Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 89for information regarding track bending. Common Soeciiications Track width'- W (22 mm) Hole spacing - 154, 155: 4 (102 mm) 142, 143: 100 mm ( 3 ' 5 ~ 6 ' ' ) Fasteners - # l 0 ( 5 mm) FH Weight - 1 4 2 . 154: 4.93 onYl(459 glrn) 143.155: 6 . 5 ozitt (607 g/m) Am~ricanrmdi Lan9tMnchar 4"Fadener Spacing

Spanning and Bending Capabililles Track

TrweierCar

Maximum

Part No.

Unrupported MinimumBsnd Radius

Span

154 142

156-159, 171 172, 209-212

NoSpannlng Capabliity

42'(1 07m)

154 142

214,215,247

Nospanning

80' (2.03 m)

155 143

156,157,171. 209,211

4 8 (1.22 m)

155 143

158,159,172, 36'(914 mm) 210.212

155 143 155 143

214. 215, 247

1 r (457 mm) 20'1508 mm)

Hi-Beam

Part No. Low Prolile Hi-Beam 1 4 2 - 6 W m m

P P

endslap

Capability

Two 158s "1' 175

Pmllle 154-24'

LOW

Metric Track Leqth/Meten 100 mm Fastener Spacing

142

set

42' (1.07 m) 42'1107mJ -

4 Y (1 07 m) 80'(2.03 m)

155-40'

142K m

154-48'

1548'

1 4 2 ~ 12 m

154-60"

155~60'

142-1 5 m

143-1.5 m

154-72

155-72'

14218m

143-1 8 m

154-84" 142

set

143-1 m

154-40'

155-8C ~14222m

143-2 l m 143-2.5 m

154~100'

155~100"

154~120'

155~120'

1 4 2 ~ 3m

143-3 m

154-144

155-144'

142-3.6 m

143-3 6 m

1 4 2 ~ 6m

142-2.5 m

143-1 2 m

S m a l l boat traveler controls make Harken small boat travelers complete systems. Control blocks allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4.1. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. The 255, single sheave control, is often used with the 211 or 212 windward sheeting traveler car to build a 3:l purchase. It is also used on boats to 25 feet (7.6 m) to build a 2:l purchase for the 639 genoa lead car The 258 is used on boats to 28 feet (8.5 m) to build a 3:l tackle forthe 639 genoa lead car. Special Fealures Ball bearing sheaves 2W Cam-Maticcam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included

Common Specilicalions Length - 4 1 N (108 mm) Width - 19/16'' (40 mm) Track - Fits 142, 143, 154, or 155 Fasteners- 1/4' 6 mm) Max line size - 16" (8 mm) Sheave dia- 1%' (29 mm) Additionallnformalion- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 196 and 197 for suggested traveler systems.

FM NO.

Wsi@ht

Height Abovs Track

7 02 198g

l Vi

300 Ibs 136 ko

600 ibs 272 kg

2:l purchase

44mm

Wol*iw Load

Bnrklnp Slrsnm

255

Sinple sheave traveler control

256

Sin~lesheave traveler contml wi200 cam (port)

ll'h 02 326 Q

2' 51 mm

300 lbs 136 kg

600 Ibs 272 kg

2:l purchas

257

Single sheave traveler controiwi200 cam (stbd)

il'h 02

2' 51 mm

300 lbs 136 kg

600lbs 272 kp

2:l purchase

2'h' 64 mm

600Ibs 272 kp

1200lbs 544 kp

3:l or4:l purchase

2%' 73 mm 2 ' ~ 73 mm

MK) lbs

1200 lbs 544 kp

3:l or4:l purchase

1200lbs 544 kg

3:l or4:l purchase

Tnrslsr Conlrol Purchns RscommendMlonI 258 Purchw 259 Under 10 mZ 100- 1751i2 10-16m'

Dmcliptlon

260

326 g

8 02

Double sheave lraveler control

2270

Double sheave lraveler conlml w12QO cam (port)

13 02 367 g

Double sheave traveler control wi2OOcam (stW)

13 oz 367 g

272 kg 6Wlbs 272 kg

MID-RANGE TRAVELER CARS & CONTROL BLOCKS

1508s~11557couplerana 1514 blocks

Mid-range traveier cars are designed for use on offshore boats from 27 to 34 feet (8 to 10 m). They are compact cars with high free rolling loads. Two cars are available with a variety of track and control accessories to insure that you will find exactly the right system for your boat. Mid-range cars ride on recirculating Torlon ball bearings. The 150; car is suitable for end boom sheeting on mainsails as large as 240ft (22 m'). The 1509 car is suitable for end boom sheeting on mainsails as large as 275 ft2(25 m2). Mid-range traveler cars feature pivoting shackles which are designed to accept loads up to 40 degrees from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. Mid-range traveler cars are sold with no control block fixtures, but a variety of special control blocks attach to the cars to aiiow tackles from 2:l to 4:l purchase. These blocks will not hit the track or the traveier controls. For 2:l controls add the 151 3 single control blocks. A 3:l control is achieved by adding 1514 single control blocks with becket. To make 4:l controls use 1515 double control biocks. For 1:l controls add the 1512 tang kit to the car to permit direct attachment of a control line or wire. The 1557 coupler joinstwo 1508 cars to provide a high load assembly which will still roll on radii as tight as 7(Y'(1.78 m). The coupler assembly offers a very low attachment point and includes two 1558 eyestraps and a rubber stand up device. The coupler may be used in conjunction with mid-range control blocks.

1509 mid-rangecarwll513 Control blocks 1513 Control blocksold ssparateiy

1514

Common Spscificafions Cars Breaking strength -5000 lbs (2268 kg) Width -2%. (70 mm) Car body height - 11A' (32 mm) Ball dia -546' (8 mm) Track- 1510,1511 & 1535 Add~onalIrrlwmaIIon- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 194 and 195 for suggested traveler systems. Special Faahrnrs Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks

"lt

no.

ogClipbion

L a m

weight

Madmm Load Csaclh

1506 M!-ranpe 4 IOoz car 108mm 2849 1509 Long mid5%' 12 02 ranpe car 133 mm 350 g 1526 25 replacemsot 5ne' Torhn balls

18Wlbs 816 kg 2300 lbs 1043 kg

1557 Mid.ranpe carcoupkr

36W lbs 16338

SW 130mm

701 1960

" I l1515

h. o(

balk 48 End-baamsheetln on mains to 240 €U End+oomsheedn on mains to 275 FI mu-range cars

8 rjJ

B.2pr>#a

Joins two 1508 cars

NO.

D~acription

1512 Control tang

WBl*I ~ e n m

2 s ~ Kt 67mm 1513 Single conml blocks 2%' (sold as pair) 67mm 2%' 1514 Single control blocks wmecuet(soldaspair) 67mm 1515 Doubls control blocks FA' 67mm

mm 14 g 2'4 oz 71 Q 3 or 659 4 02 1139

"W' aa'e m m Worklnp Bm*'q ~nct Lard W 1000lbs 289 454kp 11X 300 lbs 32mm 136$ l 300 Ibs 44mm 136kg l 6001bs 48mm 272kg

-mh

20001bs 907 kg 2000 lbs 907 kg 2WOlbs 907 kp 2WO lbs 0 7 kg

1:l purchase 2:l purchase 3:l purchase 4:l purchase

@ MID-RANGE T R A C ~ Mid-range travelertrack is available in either low profile or high beam configurations. 1510 and 1535 low profile track 1s a lightweight track whlch is ideal for installations where the track is supported for its entre length. It is used for many mainsheet traveler applications and is also perfect for genoa track, spinnaker pole track, and for luff track on full batten mainsails. 1510 and 1535 track is designed to mount on flat surfaces like decks and on curved surfaces like masts and booms. The first fastener hole on 1510 track is located 2 (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 1535 track is located 50 mm (115A6") from the end. 151 1 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways without expensive bridge structures. It mounts with bolts riding in a channel in the bottom of the track. Bolt spacing is flexible, but at least three bolts should be placed together at each end of a span. See chart below for the spanning capabilities of midrange tracks. End Slops and Trim Caps 1522 and 1523 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads of accidental jibes. 1524 and 1525 trim caps are used to finish the ends of track when control assemblies are used. C U N Track ~ ~ Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 89 for information regarding track bending.

Actual Slie

-3' 1

-1-

Common Soecilications

Low Pmfile Tmck Mahlc Track

C 2

Traveler Car

1508

l510

Maximum Minimum Bend UnrupportedSpan Radius N

i O~ 11,78111) ~

NO S[railrln(l

l535

1511

Description Fits Track

1522

ErlC sto[l

1535 Two per set

1523

End stop

1511 Two per set

1524

Trlm cap

1525

Tr~mcap

1511 Two per set

153,

Spl~ce11nk

~ w per o set

7508

44 l1 1' l 1

i O (1 7 8 m l

Jy:ly

American m c k LenglMasl C Fsatener$acing Pad No.

1510-3' 1510-4' 1510-5' 1510-6' 1510.7 1510-8' 1510-10' 1510-12'

LengMlMalera 100 mm Fssbmr Spacing Palt No.

1535-900mm 1535-1.5m 1535-1.6m 1535-2.1m 1535-24 m 1535-3m 1535-3.6m 1535.6 m

Hi-bsam Track

Mid-range traveler controls make Harken mid-range travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and releasea ~nstantlyin a gdst. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that contro I nes can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. Special Featurns Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included

Common Specifications Length-4W (114 mm) Width - 1%' (44 mm) Track-1510.1511,or1535 Fasteners - M 6 " (8 mm) Max line size - W (10 mm) Sheave dia - 1W (38 mm) Addilionallnlonnation- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88for suggested uses. See pages 196 and 197 for suggested traveler systems.

HaipM NO.

Description

1516 Singlesheave traveler control 1517 Singlesheave traveler control w1150 cam (port) 1518 Singlesheave traveler control ~ 1 1 %cam (stbd) 1519 DouMesheave travekr contral 1520 Doublesheavetravekr comml wll50 cam (pon) 1521 Doubla sheave traveler contml wIl50 cam (stbd)

weigm 902 2559 15 01 425 g 15az 425 g 10Hoz 2989 16Maz 468 Q 16'noz 468 g

MWI

Track % '1 38mm l t h '

43 mm l%6'

43 mm 2'18' 54mm 238' 67 mm 238' 67 mm

%fs ~ o ~ had 3001bs 138h 3Wlbs 136 kg 30Olbs 136 kg 6Wlbs 272 kg 6W lbs 272 kg 6W ibs 272 kg

Bm'klq n p Stnqlh 15001bs 2:l pur680 kg chase 1500 Ibs 2:l pur680 kg chase 15001bs 2 : i pur680 kg chase 15001bs 3:1 or4:l 680 kg purchase 15001bs 3:1 or 4:1 680 kg purchase 1500 ibs 3:1 ar4:l 680 kg purchase

H a r k e n big boat traveler cars are known as the best big boat lravelers in tne world Tney have earned their reputat on as tne most souant aner raclna and cru~sinotravelers became thev roll freely und-er high non-vertical loads. where others have failed, Harken has succeeded in bringing the ease of dinghy traveler control to the offshore yacht. Variations of the big boat traveler cars are available to fit boats from 32 to 65 feet (9.8 to 19.8 m). Big boat traveler cars are used primarily for mainsheet travelers, but they are also frequently used for self-tacking jibs, outhauls, and vangs. Big boat cars ride on recirculating Torlon ball bearings. They feature pivoting shackles which allow them to accept loads up to 40 degrees from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. Big ~ thoughload carrying ability boat cars will ride on C U N ~tracks, is decreased proportionally to the tightness of the radius. See page 99 for minimum radii. Each car WI accept a varlety of control b ocks allowing a m o d ~ l a se r ection of contro s ranaino from 1 :l to 6:l See Daoe , 98 for car couplers and control biock.

DnSrlptlOn

Special Features Common Specifications Recirc~~atina oall bearmas Car w~ath- 3 h 6 184 mm) ~ - car height- 1 % (43 mmj Pivoting shackles or 759 Track - 516,560,680,758 Choice of control blocks AddMonal lnlormalion- See pages 86 and 87 lor an explanat on of specla leatures. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 194 an0 195 for suggested traveler systems o

~~~~

515

557

556

3003 Seriescar 1503 Series car

Langh

WnIgM

"':" Balls

R%g Load

- p p - p

5'/a 133mm

3%' 84mm

2402

30W lbs 1361 kg

7W0 lbs 3175 kg

15Wlbs MIO kg

SOWlbs 22.54 kg

4500lbs

9WOlbs

2041 kg

4081 kg

6800 15 or

4259 4503 Seriescar 7%' 35 oz 164 mm 9920 Fit 515, 554.557, 558. replkenmnt balls 559 8 587 cars

BIG BOAT CAR COUPLERS & CONTROL BLOCKS B i g boat car couplers ioin two big boat cars to form a high load assembly which will run on curved track. The 517 couoler is used to ioin two 515 cars. It acceDts a wide variety of standard blocks for control lines. The 580 co;pler is used with two 515 cars when 1797,1798,or 1799 control blocks are used. It forms an assembly which is useful on boats with mainsails to 650 ft2 (62 m2) and end boom sheeting. The 752 coupler is used with two 558 cars for boats like 12 meters and Formula 40s which have very high sheet loads. It accepts a variety of standard blocks for control lines. 515 and 558 big boat cars will accept a variety of control blocks offering a control purchase from 2:l to 4:l. The 1797, 1798,and 1799 control blocks will not hit the track or end stops. Use the 659 swivel ears for 1:l controls or when you wish to attach your own selection of control blocks. All control olocks and swlvel ears are sold by tne palr an0 are shippeo complete w~th~nstallationnstrucrions, Loctlree 242 and fasteners when required Special Features Modular attachment to big boat cars Control blocks do not hk track or end stops Free rolling roller sheaves Additional lnfonnation- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 194 and 195 for suggested traveler systems. 98

23 02

sah Wwking Load 6000 lbs

6528

2722 kg

7%'

21 oz

184 mm

5459

6000 Ibs 27-

WeIlM Cwpler for 515 can Coupler for 515 can

Da~ri~tlon

8X ' 225 mm

HaipM Lanplh Wsiphl Abow

rra*

659 Swivel bracket (sold as pair) 1797 Siwle contml b h c b (sold as pair) 1798 Siwk cantml blocks wmeckets (sold aspair) 1799 Double contml blocks (SOHas pair)

l 35mm

3' 76mm 3' 76 mm 3' 78mm

202

579 4 01 1139 4 02 113 g 5 02 1420

Bmaklnp Strnnpth 12000 lbs

Sale

Wonlnu

Load 2%' 10Wlbs 70mm 454 kg 750 lbs 340 kg 7501bs 340 kg

2CCQlbs 1:l to6:l 907 kg purchase 2500 1bs 2:l 1134 kg purchase

25001bs 1134 kg 1SWlbs 25001bs 680kg 1134 kg

3:l purchase 4:l

purchase

Half Size ~7

BIG BOAT TRACK I Hall Size

B i g boat traveler track is available in either low profile or high beam configurations. 516 and 759 low profile tracks are lightweight tracks which are ideal for installations where the track is supported for its entire length. The first fastener hole on 516 and 680 track is located 2" (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 758 and 759 track is located 50 mm (l15A6") from the end. 680 and 759 tracks are low profile tracks with 7/16" (12mm) holes spaced at 1V ' ' (34mm) centers to accept 703 and 704 adjustable sorina , " .oin stoos. Thev are often used for aenoa track and for mainsheet or staysail travel& track when control lines are not desired or a positive stop is desired as a supplement to control lines. 560 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways without expensive bridgestructures. This track mounts with bolts riding on sliders in a channel in the bonom of the track. Bolt spacing is flexible but at least three bolts should secure each end of the track and two at each end bolts should be laced together of a span. See chart below for spanning capability of big boat track. End Stops and Trlm Caps 548 and 562 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads of unintentional jibes. 631 and 632 trim caps are used to finish the ends of track when control assemblies are used. Curued Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 89 for information regarding track bending.

548

End Stop

516.680

Two per

Fasteners Not Included

Common Specifications 632 Track width - 11/4" (32mm) Hole spacing - 516,680:4 (102mm) 758,759:100 mm (315~6") Fasteners - 516& 680:5/16,, mm) 560:5 ~ 6 (8 ' mm) HH Weight 516,758:11,4oz/tt (l,06kg,m) 560:35.3ozlfl (3.29kglm) 680,759:10.8oz/ft (1.O1 kglm)

End slop

Trimcap 632

1786

Trim cap

Splice link

560 516,680 Two per 758.759 sef 560

sel

516.758 JoinSW 680. 759 tracks

560-4'

t (1.22 m)

560-5'

Y(1.52 m)

Regular Part No. 516-3'

6'(1.83 m)

Metric Track LenglhlMetera 100 mmFsstener spacing W/SlOP Regular Hola P ~ rNo. l Pan NO. Part No. 680-3' ~-. . ~~

516-4. ~

516-S 516-6

560-8' 560.10'

10' (3.05 m)

560-17

lT(3.66rn)

r r a c ~ lra$ Ul(supported Span

---- - ~-

516 680 758559

756-1.2 m

759~1.2m

680-5' 680-6'

758-1.5 m 758-1.8 m

759W5m759-1 8 m-

557

203mm

516 680 515 75875s 516680 558

258759~

8 203 mm 8' 203mm

516680 Two 758759 5151517

203 mm

516.7'

680-7

756-2.1 m --

516-8'

680-8'

758-2 4 ~ 2 - 2 . m4-

516-10' 680-10' 758-3 m . 5 1 6 ~ - - 6 8 a 2-758-3 6 m

p p

756-6 m

560

l,gm

557 ~

759-2 l m 759-3 m 759-3 6 m

TWO

40" i g m 30' 762mm 36"

5151517

914mm

-.560 -

Radlur

680.4.

7' (2.13 m) 6' (2.44 m)

560-7'

Minimum

American Tra* Lenglhffeel 4- Fastener Spacing

Hi-brsm Tract h r l NO. l m c k ~ a n g t h

560-6'

Spanning and Banding Capabililier

Law Profile Track

562

6' 183m

a' 2.44 m 1a' 549m a' 2.44 m 6' 1.63m a' 2.44~ 18' 5.49171

6' 244m

D i g boat traveler controls make Harken big boat travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchasesfrom 2:l to 4.1. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itset so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ba I nearing sneaves m u r e that cars can be ani~stedunder load and released instanrlv in a gist. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. The 599 stop accepts a standard winch handle and is used to limit car movement on 516,560, or 758 track when control lines are not desired. The 703 stop is used on 680 or 759 track to provide a positlve stop for travelers or genoa lead cars. The 704 not only serves as a stop on 680 or 759 track but also serves as a bail for attachment of snatch blocks. Special Features Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shack absohing bumper Fasteners included

Common Specilications Width - 2 1 N (54 mm) Track - 516, 560.680 758,759 Fasteners - W (10 mm) Mia. line&-W (10 mm) Sheave dim -1V4" (44 mm) Additional information -See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 196 and 197 for suggested trawler systems.

Pall

no.

sal8

lsnm

W ~ I ~ M~bm w o l w TmEL Load

563

Ooubk sheave traveler control

5M' 140mm

21 OZ 5958

2"46' 68mm

700lb~ 318 kg

2000Ibs W7 kg

F ~ r c ~ n t mwRh ls remote cleats

564

Double sheave travekr Control w/lSO cam (poll)

SW 140 mm

2801 794 g

2'146'

€4 mm

7W lbs 318 kg

20W lbs 907 kg

3:1 or4:l purchase

565

OouMe sheave tnvekr control ~ 1 1 5 cam 0 (slbd)

5M' 140 mm

2802 7940

Z"M6' 68 mm

7W lbs 318 kg

20W lbs 907 kg

3:l or4:l purchase

566

Single sheave tnveler control

5M' 140 mm

181102 5248

l 44mm

350lbs 159 kg

682

Single sheave traveler control ~ 1 1 5 cam 0 (pan)

M' I40 mm

25 or 709g

2' 51 mm

350 lbs l59 kg

2WOibs 907 k~ -. 2004 lbs 2:l purchase 907 kg

Single sheave traveler control w1150cam (stW)

25 or 709g

140 mm

51 mm

350 lbs 159 kg

2WO lbs 407 kg

3' 76mm

5'10Z 156g

16mm

Adjustable pin stop

Adiurtable oin stoo

76mm 4%'

7Woz 2130 13 02

683 Sail h a Endloom SlnoUllp MY-Boom Jhsltiw

HdpM Dacripllon

599 Adlustable screw stop

Purehare

under 260 Under24 m'

under 240 ff Under 22 m'

703

260- 450 ff 24-42m2

240 -4W flZ 22 -37 m'

704

5M'

5A'

'%6' 24mm 71k'

2:1 purchase Accepts standad winch handle

HI-LOAD TRAVELER CONTROLS Hi-load traveler controls are designed for use on boats with mainsails over 400 square feet (37 m'). They use big boat sheaves and hi-load aluminum sideplates to withstand the severe shock loading generated by unintentional jibes on large offshore boats. Hi-load traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 6.1. Hi-load traveler controls are also suitable for genoa lead car adjusters on offshore boats. Common Swcifications Length -7%" (194 mm) Hi-load bearings 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Width 2'/s' (56 mm) Shnrkahsorbino Track - 516,560,680 ~- ~ bumoerS --Two bols for strength Fasteners W (10 mm) M line sbe- 1Rm(12mm) Fasteners included sheaw dii-214' (57 mm) Addmonsllnformation- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88for suggested uses. See pages 196 and 197 for Suggested traveler Systems. snncial . Fcalums --

7~~

mnln Codrol Rlmhsa A a c o m l ~ ~ a t i O l D

Sail h a

735

WINDWARD SHEETING TRAVELER CARS

W n d w a r d sheeting traveler cars bring a new ease to traveler adjustment. Cars may be pulled above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same position on the track, ready to be pulled to the new windward side. The windward sheeting car allows the mainsail trimmer to stay on the high side of the boat and allows the boat to be tacked without the need to first cleat the leeward control lines. Once you've sailed with a Harken windward sheeting traveler car, you'll wonder how you ever sailed without one. Windward sheeting traveler cars are available in seven sizes for boats from dinghys to large offshore boats. Adapter kits are available to fit most Harken small boat, mid-range and big boat traveler cars. The 211 and 212 feature a small boat traveler car. The 211 fits smaller dinghys while the 212 is used on larger dinghys like the Flying Dutchman and small offshore boats like the J124. The 247 features a 1250 series car and can be used on heavy course racing keel boats like the Dragon and on offshore boats to 26 feet (7.9 m) with mains as large as 175 ff (16 m2). Small boat cars can be rigged with 2:l or 3:l traveler controls. The 1575 is built on a 1508 traveler car and is ideal for offshore boats to 33 feet (10 m) with mainsails as large as 240ftz (22 m2). The 1576 uses a 1509 car and may be used on boats to 35 feet (10.6 m) w l h mainsailsto 275 ft (25 m2) and end boom sheeting. The 608 uses a 515 big boat traveler car and is suitable for three-quarter tonners and some offshore boats as lar e as 40 ft (12 m) with mainsails as large as 400 ft2 (38 m ). The 609 is based on a 558 car and is used on boats like one-tonners with large mainsails to 525 ft2(50 m2). All windward sheeting cars have 150 Cam-Matic cleats built into the control mechanism. They are best suited for travelers mounted in the cockpit and at, or near, deck level. Controls cannot be led through turning blocks to a remote location.

Soscial Features ~eewardc eat opens automatlcal,y Rectrc~lat~np ball bear~no - cars Pivoting shaickles 150 Cam-Matic cam cleats Intearated control sheaves Addilionallnformaiion- See pages 86 and 87 loran explanation of spec~alfeat~resof traveler cars. See page 88 for suggesteo uses. See pages 194 and 195 for suggested traveler systems Fib Harbn

Dat~riollon 21 1 Small baat car

23 01 142, 143 6 5 e . 1 5 5

Free ROII~W Lmd 500lbs 227 kg 850 lbs

27 oz 7699

1250 Ibs

~ l l l h W ~ C M Tnrk 6 3%d 78mm - 175mm .. 6

212 Hi-load small boat car

175mm

247 1250 Seriff small boat car

6 175mm

3'4s' 78mm 3lAd 78mm

2302

142.143

6529

154.155

142.143 154,155

Wumler

Balls 40

386kp

567kp

Purchase 1200lbs 2:1 or3:l 544 kg 2000 lbs 2:l or 3:l 907kg

3000 Ibs 2:l or 3:i 1361 kp

Comol

Going upwind ( l )tho wiMward sheering traveier wrcan be pulled to wvrdward (2) without reieasino the leeward

rack (3), and the car stays in piace, ready to be pulled h c k to the new windward side (4). Ifs almostautomat~c.

MINI-MAXI TRAVELER CARS

M.I~I-maxl . . traveler cars are designed for large offshore boats from 55 to 71 feet (16.5to 22 m). Harken mini-maxi traveler cars ride on two rows of recirculating Torlon ball bearings so they are free rolling under even high non-vertical loads. One standard configuration of mini-maxi mainsheet traveler car is available in three variations to fit different horizontal track radii. Mini-maxi traveler can cannot ride on vertical radii under 80' (24.2m). Each standard mini-maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and 2.25' control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. Other variations are available on a special order basis. Common Spscnieations Recirculating ball bearings Free Rolling Load - 8750 lbs (3969kg) Pivoting shackles Breaking Strength -18000 lbs (8164kg) Foot block for contml blocks Length - l W (254mm) Width 4%' (111 mm) Height -3V4' (95 mm) Weight - 89 oz (2.52 kg) Ball dia - 'h' (12mm) Special Feafum

No.of . balls .. .-68

AdditiomllnlomuUon -See pages 86 and 87 for an exp anatlon of s~ec~al features See Daae 88 for suooestea dses. See sLooesteo --systems on pages 196 a i d 197.

104

MINI-MAXITRACKJ AND CONTROLS

T w o configurations of low profile minimaxi traveler track are available. 1701 is a low profile track suited for most applications. It is commonly used for applications like mainsheet travelers. 1706 is a low profile track with holes for the 1708 adjustable stop. 1706 is typically used as a genoa track. The first fastener hole in 1701 and 1706 track is located 37.5 mm ( l h 6 " ) from the end. Tracks are sold without end stops. End stops are available in a variety of configurations to suit every need. The 1703 provides a 2:l traveler control to lead to a winch. The 1708 adjustable stop is used to limit movement by genoa lead cars or to control mainsheet travelers when control lines are not desirable. Curved Track Harken will bend track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Mini-maxi track can only be bent in a horizontal radius. Refer to page 89 fo information regarding track bending.

Common S~ecificatlons Track Width - 42 mm 1 l l l .n, n" ", l ~ e ' i ht mm (W) Weight- 1701: 1.54 kglm (1614 024) 1706: 1.4 kglm (15 024) Fastener hole spacing - 75 mm ( 2 1 5 ~ 6 " ) Fasteners - 10 mm (W)FH

LOWProfile MdriCTraCk 75 mm (Z1%d') Fadener Spacing Angular wl81opHoler Parl WO. Pad No.

PNadf

Description

\ .

wffaot block 1708 Adlustable stop

lengdh

1701-15m 1706-1.5m 4 1 1 ( 1 5 m )

Width

Helm1

WeigM

33%. 95 mm

2%' 67 mm

l 38 mm

13 02 369 g

51B' 143 mm

2% 67 mm

2W 70 mm

29az 822 g

HI-load sheave -

25%

2'/18'

15 az

Flls 1706

Track LanDlh

1701-18m 1706.18 m 5'1Wi (18m) 1701-2.1 m 1706-2.1 m 6 1 W ( 2 . 1 m) 1701-2.4 m 1706-2.4 m 7101/1 (24m) 1701-3m

1706-?m

9'101/ls'(3m)

1701-3.6 m 1706-3 6 m ll'%'(3.6 m) 19'8VJ (6 m)

MAXI TRAVELER CARS I Harkan maxi traveiers bring the ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to the largest of offshore boats. The Harken marj traveler is a development of the recirculating ball bearing principle which makes ail Harken travelers free rolling even under high non-vertical loads. One standard configuration of maxi mainsheet traveler car is available in three variations to fit different horizontal track radii. Maxi traveler cars cannot ride on vertical radii under 100' (30.5 m). Each standard maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and control blocksfor a 2:l traveler control system. Other variations are available on a special order basis. Special Faaturns Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles 511 foot blocksfor contmls

Common Specifications Free mlling load -12000 lbs (5443 kg) Breaking strength -25000 lbs (11340 kg) Length - 137N (353 mm) Width - 514' (133 mm) HeigM - 5' (127 mm) Weight - l80 02 (5.1 kg) Ball dia - In' (12 mm) NOof balls 100 Addition(~llnfomHon- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses. See pages 196 and 197 for suggested traveler systems. 106

Minimum Radius

Mldmum Radius

(Horizontal Bends Only)

665

Maxi car for slraighttrkk

878

Maxi car for curved tmk

679

Maxi car for curved track

100' 30.5 m

16'

24'

MAXI TRACK & CONTROLS

T w o standard configurations of maxi track are available. Both are lightweight low profile tracks perfectly suited for mainsheet and genoa sheet applications on maxi boats. 660 is a low profile track suited for most applications. 661 is a low profile track with holes forthe 664 and 668 adjustable stops. The first fastener hole on 660 and 661 track is located 50 mm (11346") from the end. Tracks are sold without end stops. End stops are available in a variety of configurations to suit every need. The 667 is generally used to build 2:l traveler controls to lead to a winch. The 664 adjustable stop is often used to limit movement by maxi genoa lead cars or to control maxi mainsheet travelers when control lines are not desirable. The 668 adjustable stop with padeye serves a dual role as a stop and also serves as an auxiliary sheeting position on maxi genoa track. Curved Track O ~ C I I ~ I I M Lewh Harken will bend any track to your 662 End stop 3%' 79 mm specifications at a modest additional charge. Maxi track can only be bent in a horizontal 663 End stop 6% 162 mm radius. Refer to page 89 for information wlpadeye SM Adiustable stop 3W regarding track bending. wlscrew 90mm Common SpecMcaNons - Track 666 Maxi end stop 6'A' Width - 21h' (64mm) wnw!bi~k l75 mm Height - 1th"(29mm) -. Weight - 660:33 oz/tt (3.09kglm) 667 Maxi end stop W/ 6 becket foot block 175 mm 661:32 o.?/ft(3.01kglm) Fastener hole spacing -4" (102mm) W Adiuslable stop 6W w~screw& padeye 162 mm Fasteners - lit (12mm) FH

F L 'qL Rctual Sim

Widlh

Heilht Weiphl

3%' 2' 95 mm 51 mm

28 oz 794 g

3%' 3% 44 oz 95 mm 66mm 1.25 kg 3 3 ~ 2'$ 95 mm 64mm

26 oz Fits 661 7370 track

3%' 33A' 46th 02 w1511 95 mm 86 mm 1.32 kg fwt blmk P -

3 3 ~ 339' 57 oz ~1505 95 mm 66 mm 1.62 kg fwt block 3%' YA' 5g1h oz 95 mm 86 mm 1.69 lcg

LOW

100 mm

F'mlile~ n c k

(315~8")FaMmet Spaclno

Pan NO.

660-1.5m 660-1.8m 660-21m 660-2.4m

661-1.5m (11' 1.5 m) 661-l.6m S l W i 1.8 m 661-2.lm 6 ' 1 W 2.1 m 661-2.4m 7'10%' 2.4 m

Lsnllh

660-3.6m 661-3.6m 11'%'

3.6 m

Cars not included 584

Car not included 681'

Cars not included 586

751'

Car not included Mainsheet sheave carriers are used with double ended mainsheets to give 2:l or 4:l purchases on larger offshore boats. These sheave carriers feature lowfriction Harken big boat sheaves or b ocks to nslrre ease of malnsheet and traveler car adiustment bnder anv load. Sheave carr~ersare des aned to lav down within 15'of horizontal to maintain fair leads k e n when reaching and running. The 584 and 586 serve as a coupler for two 515 big boat cars. The 751 and 681 fit standard maxi traveier cars. These carriers do not include traveler cars. The 1765,1766 and 1767 mini-maxi car and carrier and the 1768,1769 and 1770 maxi car and carrier include special cars and will accept either aluminum, stainless or titanium swivel blocks. These assemblies are designed for applications where the sheet winches are not directly in line with the traveler track or the track is curved.

.v.u.les car - Blocks not included

Special Features Big boat mainsheet sheaves Carriers Divot No loos;blocks Addltlonal Infomatlon- See woes 86 and 87 for an exolanation of special features. See page 88 for suggested uses.

Includes car- Blocks not included

'Limited produnion ilem - Please a i l w up to five weeks for delivery HsiUll Dcxrlptlon 584 Small mainsheef sheave carrier 586 Mainsheet sheave canier 661 Tilanium maxi mainsheet sheaa carrier 751 Tianium 4:l maxi nuinsheet ShBm carrier 1766 m n i u m 2:l m i n i m a car &carder for &l blocks 1766 m n i u m 2:l m i n i m a car (L carrier tor ~Wivelblocks 1767 m n i u m 2:l m i n i m a car &carder for swive blocks 1768 Trnium 2:l maxi car (L carrier for &l blocks 1769 m n i u m 2:l maxi car h carrier lor swive blocks 1770 m n i u m 2:l maxi car (L carrier for swivel blocks

Lnnm 10' 254 mm 16% 425 mm 13W 343 mm 12%' 311 mm 12' 305 mm 12' 305 mm 12' 305 mm 13%' 349 mm 13%' 349 mm 13%' 349 mm

Abwl Tnck 6W 165mm 8' 203 mm 9%' 235 mm Y 229 mm Y 229 mm Y

229 mm Y 229 mm l0% 257 mm 10%' 257 mm IOW 257 mm

Wnlphl 44 02 1.25 kg 90 or 2.55 kg 14902 4.23 kg 12902 3.66 kg 149 02 4.23 kg 149 02 4.23 kg 149 02 4.23 kg 18402 5.21 kg 18402 5.21 kg 184 02 5.21 kg

~hsavs Dllmllnr

Conlrol

hehue

Et$

~hmve

3.W' 76 mm

4:l

4.W'

6:l

Block 5641565 or two 563 736

2:l

666 or 667

Included

2:l

666 or 667

Included

2:l

1703

2:l

1703

2:l

1703

2:l

666 or 667

2:l

666 or 667

2:l

666 or 667

Use 539,541,764 1712. or1713 Use 539,541,764 1712, or1713 Use 539,541,764 1712. or1713 Use 543,545,766, 1714, or1715 Use 543,545,766. 1714, or1715 Use 543,545,766, 1714, or 1715

102 mm 5.50' 140 mm 4.50' 114mm Cor4W 102 mm or 114 mm C or4W 102 mm or 114 mm 4'0r4W 102 mm or 114 mm S or 5 W 127 mm or140 mm SorsW 127 mm or140 mm Sor5W 127 mm or140 mm

Bloclr Included Included

~ m c ~k a d ~ u (Horilonlrl bnda Only) S'(2.5 m) or greater 6'(2.5 m) or greater Choose665.678, or 679 car far radius Choose 665,678, or 679 car for radius 50' (15.2 m) or greater 24' to 3 7 7.3 to 9.7 m 16'1024' 4.910 7.3 m 100' (30.5 m) or greater 24' to 32' 73109.7 m

SPINNAKER POLECARS I H a r k e n spinnaker pole cars are based on recirculating ball bearing travelers to permit adjustment under any load. They roll freely on low profile traveler track to allow the crew to adjust the inboard pole end for optimal sail shape on all points of sail. Five cars are available to fit boats from daysailers to offshore boats as large as 45 feet (13.7 m). Small and mid-range cars feature rings for end-for-end jibing. Big boat cars accept two popular toggle studs or the Harken bell end fittings. Control block attachments allow either 1:l or 2:1 purchases. Spinnaker pole cars for larger boats or with other attachment configurations are available from our Custom Division. Special Feafures Recirculatino ball bearings Accepts moit popular pile ends Cars fit low profile track Additional lnfonnafion- See pages 86 and 87 for an explanation of special features.

ran

NO,

Sala Max Spin No. Dag~riplion Length Wsiahl Wohing Sail 01 L o a d Ama Balls

780 Small boat spin- 4% 13 oz 1125 Ibs 9W ItZ l l E 369g 510kg 85 m' nakerpolecar -

Pole End FiHinp

142 Ring 154

23 oz 2100 lbs 1350 Itz 60 781 Mid-range spin- 5 naker pole car 133 mm 652 g 953 kg 125 m2

1510 Ring 1535

782 Big boat splnnaker pole car

7'/n 35 oz 4050 1bs 2000 It2 72 l 8 4 mm 992 g 1837 kg 186 m2

783 Big boatspinnakerpolecar

7 184 mm 7 184mm

784 Big boalsplnnaker pole car

36 02 1.02 kg 35 oz 9929

4050 Ibs 1837 kg 4050lbs 1837 kg

2000112 186m2 20001t2 186m2

72 ~~

516 B120 & 758 130 bell end 516 756 516 758

Sparcraft toggle Formpar loggie

109

3 ADJUSTABLE GENOA LEAD BLOCKS

T h e ability to adjust genoa lead block position under load has become crucial to success in offshore racing. Pulling the lead forward allows the crew to "power up" the genoa coming out of tacks or when sailing through lulls. Easing the car aft "depowers" the genoa to keep the boat on its feet in gusts. Cruising sailors use adjustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, the lead car position must be moved forward to compensate. The ability to adjust lead car position from the safety of the cockpit is more than just a convenience. Harken adjustable genoa lead blocks ride on traveler car bodies with reliable Torlon ball bearings so that adjustment, even under extreme loads, is smooth and easv. These olocks feat~rewide sheaves whtcn *ill pass two sneets Tne 587 and 554 W pass two sheets with J-Lock or Presslock-type shackles. All pivot 40' to either side to accommodate changing lead angles and the 587 and 554 feature stand up springs. The 1537 genoa car accepts 1513,1514. and 1515 control blocks. Maxi genoa lead cars with pivoting, swiveling or removable sheave carriers are available from our custom department. S~ecialFeatures Fleclrc~ating oa I bear ngs Plvotlng sneave carners Wide sheaves pass two sheets Low profile genoa tracks Mdltionallnlmtion- See oaoes 86 and 87 for an explanallon of special l e i t ~ r e sSee pages 42 and 43 for suggested Lses See s~ggesred systems on pages 198 and 199.

Fm1 Rolllnp Load 1250 lbs 567 kg BOW lbs 1361 kg 45W lbs 2041 kg

Car Wldth Car Lenoth wllhTanOs 2540 lbs 1134 kg 7000 Ibs 3175 kg 12000 lbs 5443 kg

Insatiable, a M ~ m r e X N a m W i l l , a F ~ r ~ - S m n ~ q P u~ pf ~o

CUSTOM PRODUCTS A s racing boats become more specialized and cruising yachts become larger and more automated, the demand for custom and special products has grown substantially. While other manufacturers have frowned at requests for "one off" projects, we have responded by forming a special Custom Division within our company.

We have four engineers and designers devoted strictly to custom projects and a crew of machinists and metalworkers whose sole responsibility is producing custom hardware. Our CAD (Computer Aided Design) system streamlines the design process. A plasma cutter, wire EDM cutter, and computer driven machining centers allow rapid turnaround of one-off

projects with all of the quality you've come to expect of Harken. The most successful custom projects are refined and offered as standard hardware so that the general sailing public benefits from the development work performed by our Custom Division. The lessons we learn in Custom have resulted in Whethervou need one bart, or one nundred, ~arkenhas the engineering expertise, creative proo~ctionmethods.

Chuck Lob allhe Pewaukee ofice CAD system

specialized requirements. Our distributors are capable of meeting most of these needs. In addition, our Newport, Rhode Island sales office has been organized as a special resource center to work with our distributors and customers on special projects. The personnel in Newport are familiar with big boat projects and are capable of specifying the correct hardware. They are aided by special CAD systems, which are devoted to preparing deck layouts for special projects using our E-Z Deck software. Ordering Custom Hardware The nature of custom hardware requires that very close communication be maintained between the customer and the designer. If you are interested in custom products, contact Harken or your Harken distributor so that wecan discuss your precise needs. In many cases, we will have an existing custom design that will fill your needs more quickly and less expensively than developing a new product. Many of our more popular custom designs are shown on pages 112through 116.

and attention to detail required to solve your problem. Special Projects Designers and builders of large custom racing and cruising boats have very

Mad outi?duf cbw car fw

signe. lw'snrce Kin~dm'vsd krb3 bum by Rmakanc?

Boa&

Dual car maxi mamshml system of the m favored by the law European muitihul!~

T h e recirculating ball bearing traveler is an incredibly versatile piece of hardware. We have adapted our cars to suit many diverse needs. Boats from 12 Meters and maxis to small dinghys use Harken travelers, either standard or custom, as vangs. We have built spinnaker pole cars for boats of all sizes. Racing boats and cruising boats with roller furling mainsails often use our cars for the outhaul. The enormous multihulls of Europe have used Harken traveler cars for their headboards and batten end sliers to overcome the tremendous friction inherent in these systems. Many of these products have found their way into the standard catalog over the years but we continueto build special genoa cars, larger spinnaker poie cars, vang cars and outhaul cars in our custom department. Several of the more popular of these designs are shown here along with their dimensions and load ratings.

stainless steel T track with an integral riser in 40 mm and 50 mm widths.

Adjustable Genoa Cars We build mini-maxi and maxi genoa cars in custom. In addition to very high safe working loads suitable for large racing and cruising boats, our custom genoa cars often feature titanium sheave carriers and several designs feature removable sheave carriers to reduce weight and clutter on deck.

Outhaul Cars Racing boats have long understood the advantages of ball bearing outhaul cars. Now large cruising boats with furling mains want free rolling outhaul cars to allow these sails to work to their full potential. Our outhaul cars use recirculating ball bearing cars f i e d with low friction sheaves.

T Track Cars and Stainless Track Our T track slider cars are designed for applications where a low friction adjustable car is not desired -situations like cap rail tracks or R3 genoas where cars need to be removed from tracks. To complement these cars we now manufacture highly polished

Spinnaker Pole Cars Spinnaker pole cars based on traveler bodies allow easy adjustment of the poie even under high loads. Five standard cars are offered in the catalog on page 109, but custom cars are available for larger boats or for special end fittings.

112

Van0 Cars Boats that use 12 Meter-style vang tracks generally need custom car trains that can adapt to both a severe radius and the straigM run out found on these systems. Vang trains use short cars which are adaptable to a wide range of track radii, coupled with assemblies which are designed to share the load equally across all cars. Mainsheet Car Assemblies One of our more common custom items is the multi-car mainsheet traveler assembly. Large cruising and racing boats often use these systems which place each mainsheet block on a separate traveler car, but tie together the cars into one assembly.

Spinnaker pole cart! adapt Harken bell 6mng 10 mid-range cdr

Pal1 NO. C974 C1120 C1558 C1771 C1970

Dnscritpion Adjustable maxi car wistainless sheave carrier Maxi genoa car for T track Big boat genoacar for T track Adjustable mini-maxi car wiremovable titanium carrier Miusiable mini-maxicar

Lonoth

Welphl

13% 349 mm

11.51bs 5.2 kg 9 Ibs 4.1 kg 2.6 lbs 1.2 kg 8.4 lbs 3.8 kg 15.5 1bs

9' 229 mm S 127 mm 10' 254 mm 17'

Shsavs Diameter 4%' 114 mm 7' 178 mm V 102 mm S 127 mm 7'

Fms Rollinn

Lord 12000 lbs 5443 kg 12WO lbs 5443 kg 6250 lbs ~. 2835 kg BOW Ibs 3629 kg 14700 lhn ~

Bm*lnp Strenpth 240W lbs 10866 kg 240W lbs 10866 kg 125W Ibs 5670 kg 16000 lbs 7258 kg 29400 lbs

The steering system is one of the most critical systems on a boat. It must be strong and utterly reliable, but it also must transmit the feel of the boat to the helmsman. Steering systems also offer the opportunity to save a great deal of weight in the crucial aft end of the boat.

Rudder Bearings We entered the steering field a decade ago with the introduction of low friction rudder bearings. We now offer 20 standard bearings in the catalog (pages 78- 80) and will modify standard bearings to fit special diameter shafts. We also build custom rudder bearings for special applications and very large boats. Our self-aligning bearings allow lightweight shafts to flex and won't bind under severe loads. For a quotation on custom bearings please forward the information requested on page 80.

C1997self-ati~ningwddw bearirg for Nippon Challenge Amerkab Cup project

ShaH Seals Low friction shaft seals eliminate the friction caused by conventional stuffing boxes. They use a unique seal element which can be adjusted for tensioning and to compensate for wear Lluadranis Lightweight welded aluminum steering quadrants offer a significant weight savings in the critical back end of the boat. They are Hardkote anodized for years of wear with wire steering cables. Wheels One of the most popular custom products we build is the large diameter, lighlweight steering wheel. These wheels are black anodized aluminum with a very distinctive turbine blade appearance. Wheels are covered with a special synthetic wrap which gives good grip even in cold, wet conditions. The unique hub design allows us to build wheels ranging from 60' (1.52 m) to 8 4 (2.13 m). Santa Cruz 70's use 72' (1.83 m) or 84" (2.13 m) wheels. Taylor 40's have used 60" (1.52 m) wheels and Barry Carroll has used 62" (1.57 m) wheels on several of his Frers 45's.

C963shaftsealtor 35'shaH uses special synlhelk seal elemenk,

Steering Heads: We have built a number of steering heads for boats ranging from maxi boats and 12 Meters to the new America's Cup Class and IOR boats as small as 41 feet (12.5 m). These heads feature low friction bearing systems and are a perfect complement to our rudder bearinos and steerino sheaves. Heads are available with lightweight aliminum or cabon fiber pedestals. Some of our new systems utilize Kevlar drive belts to save the weight of stainless steel chain.

3 CUSTOM SHEAVES & BLOCKS I There is always a demand for sheaves other than those offered in our standard line. From quarter-tonners to maxi boats, there are times when a special diameter, unusual groove shape or custom width is required. Most retrofits in existing spars or fittings require custom sheaves. We have built sheaves in diameters ranging from 2" (51 mm) to 18 (457 mm) and in widths from %L' (12 mm) to llh"(38mm). Custom sheaves are available with either balllroller combination bearings or with hi-load bearings which feature side load carrying balls with composite bushings.

Custom blocks are built when a special need is identified for eithera larger block o r a unique configuration. We routinely build very large or very high load blocks on a custom basis. Sometimes we use a standard sheave in a special housing, such as with our clew blocks for roller furling mains- the shells are designed to be attached directly to the sail, but the sheaves are standard big boat sheaves.

Removable base b l m h Blocks on removable padeyes are popular for foreguys and afterguys on large cruiserlracers which like to clear the decks when they aren't racing. Stamless Steel clew block forafurllng malnsall

C1658 Block on remoable C2239 Blockon removable

4'8 114mm 5'8 140mm

9%' 235mm 1O1/d 2M)mm

112 01 3 2 kg 13002 3 7 kg

8250 lbs 3742kg 105Wibs 4763 kg

16500 lbs 7484kg 2tWOlbs 9526kg

Pivoting low lead blocks The titanium low lead pivot block is very popular for foreguys and mainsheets where very low leads are desired. The sheave is mounted close to the deck and the line exits through the pivot tube only 114 (6 mm) above the deck. Pivoting low lead blocks are available on special order with 3" (76 mm), 4" (102 mm) and 6" (152 mm) sheaves.

Shorn Diameter

WMe sheave hi h load blocks desi w d for f'(25 mm) tin1

28,B.WOlb(127b~ wnctino 1oa1

C1477 Pivoting low kad block C1507 Pivotlng low kad block ClE47 Pivoting low lead block

Slk Lengih

Height

wonina

L~ad 5000 lbs 2268 kg 6250 lbs 2835 kg 15WO lbs 6804 ibs

iomo ibs

use 3 - W(10 mm) 4536 kg M fasteners 12S~lOibs U s e 3 - W (10mm) 5670 kg M fasteners 30WO ibs Use B -W(10 mm) 13608 kn m fasteners

CUSTOM DECK ORGANIZERS W e offer a wide variety of deck organizers in many sizes and sheave configurations on pages 75-77, but many times a special organizer is required. Custom deck organizers are often used on boats which have a large number of lines to lead aft and behind stopper banks to allow halyards and control lines to be led to winches on eitherside of the cabin house. Our custom department has developed a design which is flexible and we can easily build mid-range and big boat deck organizers with up to ten sheaves. Allow up to five weeks for delivery of custom deck organizers.

C2153

Mid-range organizer wlfou~sheaves C2154 Mid-rangeorganizer wffive_sheaves C2155 Mid-range organizer wlsix sheaves C1641 Blg boat organizer wlsix sheaves C1640 Big boat organizer wlseven sheaves C1639 Bin boat oraanlzer wieight sheaves

292mm 131%a' 16'N 410 mm 18% 471 mm 1 541 mm 24%~" 611 mm 26.W 681 mm 299/,6' 751 mm

29mm

29 mm

4829 22 02

227 kg 500 ibs

45 oz 1.3 kg 46 oz 1 4 kg 58 oz 1.6 kg 66 oz 1.9 kg 74 oz 2 1 kg 83 oz 2 4 kp

500 lbs 227 kg 4950 lbs 2245 kg 4950 b s 2245 kg 4950 lbs 2245kg 495l 2245 kg 4950 b s 2245 kg

6 mm FH 'X FH 14''FH

6 mmFH W HH 10mm HHW HH 10 mm HH

I C1637

wlnine sheaves Blg boai organizer wlten sheaves

29mm 1 ' 29mm

l'/<

29im 1W 29mm 1'4 29mm

~~~

10mmnn il HH 10 mm HH % HH 10 mm HH

p -

1 SAIL HANDLING SYSTEMS I

H a r k e n Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are the ultimate headsail handling systems. They incorporate innovative design features, quality materials, and state-of-the-art manufacturing techniques that no other units can match. These are the ingredients which have led builders and owners of fine yachts like the Pacific Seacraft Crealock 34 shown on page 117 to prefer Harken to any other furling system. These are also the ingredients which have led trans-Atlantic racer Steve Black to choose Harken. Listen to Steve describe the finish of the 1988 Carlsberg Singlehanded Trans-Atlantic Race (CSTAR): "With 300 miles to go it began to blow and clouds raced across the sky. The race was nearly over and I set my sights on Newport at dawn. The day was fading as "Eagle Premier crossed Nantucket Shoals into the storm. By Force 8 1 had reeled three times and furled the genoa to 200 square feet. I played the furling line 8 to 10 times an hour to maintain a safe 15 knots pounding through the confused shoal waters. At 7:03 a.m I crossed the finish line in sight of family and friends. I pulled the furling line one last time and headed in for hot food and a dry bed. 'I chose my Harken furling system because I needed a unit that was strong, light and aerodynamic. I couldn't accept less than absolute reliability for singlehanded passages. 10,000 miles later I knew I had made the right choice." Chances are you probably won't ever sail across the Atlantic singlehanded, but the success of your vacation and the safety of your crew could very well depend on the reliability of your furling system. Compare these features point for point with any other units and you'll see that Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are clearly superior.

Swage, Norseman, Sta-Lok or rod fittings may be used with any sue Harkensystem.

Main components are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum which is Hardkoteanodized with Teflon impregnationfor yean of sewice. Multiple races of Torlon bearings distribu e load to all balls.

Properly designed furling turnbuckle allows easy headstay adjustment while preventing fatigue failure caused by side loading.

Nickelplated silicon b r o w turnbuckle body insures gall proof operation.

Easy Racing Convenion The hinged Harken feeder is easily removed with just two screws, which permits the halyard swivel to pass. Remove afew more screws and the drum slips off the stay. An optional split drum allows you to remove the drum without removing the headstay clevis pin. In either case you're left w th a c ean aerooynam c ao~ole~ tgroove l 1011wh cn IS ready for au~cksal chanaes Sails are now tackea at the deck so YOJ can Lse your full-hoist racing genoas.

Reliable Torlon ball bearings require

no lubrication and

minimal maintenance.

0.1 x e n . l c 'esl ng plqraln ias PI,I 1c0 t an ercepl.ona' free-runningswivel design.

Feeders are carefully shaped and fwshed to allow qulck slngle handed halsting and elflclent raclng sal1 changes

Easy to Assemble Designed for owner installation with only simple hand tools. The picture-book instructions make assembly a snap. Uses Existlng Headstay The aft facing double-grooved foils ride over your existing headstay. The headstay handles the load which maintains the structural integrity of your rig. Reuse your wire or rod headstay and save the expense of a new stay. Adaptable to Swage, Rod, Norseman or Sta-Lok FHtInos This versatility means you can choose the type of rigging and terminals you prefer. For easiest installation use swage fittings (our extra-long swage fining allows you to reuse your headstay). If you prefer a rod headstay an adapter kit is required. Norseman or Sta-Lok fittings, preferred in tropical waters, are another option. Suned Reelinn, Not Just Furlin5 opt anal lac* sw~velallows tie center of the sal1 to furl oefore the reaxes drall and o ves oener snaoe Use v o ~ ex r stlna sa Is. tack whicn s~eciallydesigned reefing saik or sails with foam shaping devices with this option. Strong foil sections with secure, positive connection, prevent twisting when reefing and insure joints will not break down even after years of service. A unique drum lockallows you to reef, secure the drum and not have to worry' about accidental sail release in strong winds. Use this feature when moored for extra peace-of-mind when you're away from the boat. OL;

~~~~~~~

Easy Length Adjustment The built-in furling turnbuckle makes installation easy. It is designed to handle the high side loads of afurling system while it correctsfor minor measurement errors and makes mast rake adjustment possible. Easy Sail Changes and Shaping Reefing is great but there are times when you may want to change sails. Each Harken unit has a builtin prefeeder and a superbly designed feeder which make sail changes a snap. And you raise and lower sails using your own halyard SO YOU can change sail shape through halyard tension. Order optional snap shackles to speed sail changes. Clean Aerodynamic Foils Our aerodynamically-correctfoils won't offend your sense of aesthetics or spoil the air flow on your genoa. The foils are engineered for superior strength without offensive bulk. Frne Rolling, Low Maintenance Bearings Torlon plastic ball bearings in patent pending stacked races distribute me rao a, an0 tnrusr loads eten y. al owng the system to rotate wtn except onal ease Tnese are tne same Torlon oearlngs we Lse n oLr l a m o ~ solg boat o ocxs an0 they're so re lao e tnat tney re covered by our f ve vear im red warrantv Mama n these bear nos . bv . rlnslng occasionally with freshwater Finest Materials and Construction All of our load bearing components, including the drum are machined, spJn or extrJoeo of 6061 -T6 a l ~ mnJm s Icon oronze or sta~nlesssteel for years of re lab e servlce Cast ngs are fo~lnaonly n non- oaa oearlng parts wltn intr cate shapes ,i*e tne feeder assemoly or wnere oaas are mlnlmal AI alum nJm struct,ral components are Hard~oteanodlzed wflh Teflon impregnation for true corrosion protection. Worldwide Service Harken's networkof distributors and service facilities means that no matter where you cruise expert service and pans will be available.

Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are offered in eight sizes. There is also a racing model a ~ i l a b l ein each of the versions in all eight sizes. Most units can be used with swage, rod, Norseman or Sta-Lok terminals. The perfect unit for your boat is easy to determine: First, determine the size of the unit you need for your headstay diameter and boat length. Then, read the description of Series A, B or C below and determine which is best suited to your boat. Next, decide whether you want a split drum to make conversion to racing mode easier. Then, choose between units for wire or rod headstays. Finally, choose which terminal style you prefer - swage, Sta-Lok or Norseman.

Unto Series A

Ssrles A Series A is the most basic unit. It does not have an independent tack or head swivel. Series A is only recommended for smaller boats and only when a foam luff pad will be used for shaping the sail when reefing, or if you only plan to furl and not reef. Ordring Inlomaiion- Order a Series A unit by adding the letter 'A' to the part number. For example a 950A would be a Unit 3 without independent tack or head swivels.

Unit2

unn3

Series8

SeriesC

Serles B Series B units include an independent tack swivel. Use a Series B unit if you plan to reef and plan to use your existing sails or a new sail which is not designed with a foam shaping pad. The independent tack swivel allows the center of the sail to roll before the tack to reduce sail draft. The independent swivel also makes the first few turns of furling easier as the heavily reinforced tack patch does not roll until the stay is already rotating. Sails with foam pads may be used on Series B units. OrdsrfnfllnlonnaUo11- Order a Series B u n l by adding the letterm8'tothe part number. For example a 9008 would be a Unit 0 with an independent tack swivel.

Ssriss C Series C units include independent tackand head swivels. Series C will work well with any type of sail, conventional, foam pad or Aeroluff*. Aeroluff' sails require the use of a Series C Unit and some conventional sails are specially cut to take advantage of the independent head swivel. Wrfn# Information- Order a Series C unit by adding the letter C'to the p a t number. For example an 800C would be a Unit 1 with independent tack and head swivel.

'The Aemlup sail reefinp system and alternative systems are patent pending and the trademark of Stevenson Sailnp Systems.

to determine whether a standard package contains enough foils to build your unit. If not, you will need to order extra foils and connectors.

T h e controlling dimension for sizing Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems is the headstay wire diameter. There is no discretion in the unit you use. You also need to know your approximate headstay length W i n Sila (I X 19 Slainlesr Slesl)

-4 (4.37 mm) -6 (5.03 mm)

38'4' 11.68 m

4Y4' 13.82 m .

-8 (5.72 mm) -10 (6.35 mm)

45'8' 13.92 m

52'8' 16.05 m

'h. 12.7 mm

123

6 mm. 7 mm. (8 mm')

%6'

-12(7.14 mm)

46'T 14.07 m

53'2' 16.21 m

SA,

124

16mm

-12 (7.14 mm) -17 (8.38 mm)

60'4' 18.39 m

67'4' 20.52 m

16mm

-22 (9.53 mm)

61'0" 18.59 m

20.73 m

19 mm. 22 mm

11 mm,l2mm,l4mm

-22 (9.53 mm) -30 (11.1 mm)

7t7' 22.73 m

81'7' 24.87 m

19 mm. 22 mm

Hs'

-40 (12.7 mm)

74'7' 22.73 m

81'7' 24.87 m

'&'

%S'.

4 mm. 5 m-m (6 mm')

W.%?'

Unit l Unit 1.5

8 mm

ins'.

Unit 2

8mm.lOmm

Unit 2.5

%e'. '8

Unit3 Unit 3.5

14mm

5x,W

Unit4

CIevi: Pin Diamsllr

Slandafd Plclraa

Tws am

Unit0

Maximum LBnplh Max Allmabls

Rod Slls

l6 mm 20 mm

-40 (12.7 mm) -48 114.27 mm1 -60 116.76 mm1

ins',

122

7A6'

8 mm. 10 mm. 11 mm

125 ~~

W,W

126

W,W

127

58'

128

22mm l', I N , 1%' 25 mm. 29 mm, 32 mm

1-1 For l y ~ e316 meblc Mre onhl

Rating Option All Harken units can easily be converted to racing but each of the sizes, in each of the series, can also be obtained with a split drum and basket to simplify conversion to racing. Without this option, conversion to racing requires removing the headstay clevis pin. With the

Swage Finings vs Sta-Lok or Norseman Teminals

All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems can be used with either swage fittings or with Sta-Lok or Norseman terminals. Standard units come with swage fittings which must be installed by a rigger using . specialized equipment. If you use a swage fitting your dealer i, or distributor can provide you with a wire which is cut to length and swaged on both ends - ready to install. Some people prefer Sta-Lok or Norseman terminals. They can be installed without specialized equipment - all you need is a wire cutter, pliers and wrench. They are, therefore, popular with people in remote areas wno oo not have access to swaging machines Norseman and Sta--OK terminals are a so consioereo by many people to be super or to swage titt~ngsin tropica sailflater as lney are felt to be less susceptible to stress corrosion. In some cases the use of a Sta-Lok or Norseman terminal with an existing headstay wire will result in a headstay which is slightly short and requires the use of an additional toggle. Sta-Lok and Norseman fittings also make removal of the halyard swivel from the stay difficult, though normal conversion to racing is not affected.

*\N..

using only aconversion screwdriver. orderis adone splitwith drum, addconnected an 'R" to split drum, to To racing thesimply headstay the part number you want. For example. 800BR is a Unit 1 with an independent tack swivel (Series B) and a split drum.

Furling Lead Black Kits

Furling lead block kits are available. Kits include ball bearing blocks, Hemratchets to provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Use a 266 lead block kit with Units 0,l. and 1.5. Use a 267 lead block kit with Units 2 and 2.5.

Rod Headstays All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems may be used with rod headstays. Rod headstays must usea special adapterfitting and must be cut and reheaded by an authorized rod service center. Halyard ReStIain.9~ The masthead oeometrv of some boats dictatesihat a hiyard restrainer be used Two sizes of halyard restrainers are ava~lable Each 1s a stainless steel bracket shaped to fit radiused spars. The Hardkote anodized aluminum sheave for both wire .~ - - - is ~- orooved ~and rope halyards and rides on Teflon impregnated epoxy bearings. Halyard restrainers should not be used unless required. Please refer to installation instructions for details. Use a 944 restrainer with Units 0,l , and 1.5. Use a 945 restrainer with Units 2,2.5, and 3.

Stanchion Mount Bases 061 stanchion mount bases provide an ideal attachment method for furling line lead blocks. The ball joint socket accepts most small boat swivel blocks, including ratchet blocks. They swivel and pivot to provide fair leads. They fit all standard 718" and 1" (22 and 25 mm) pulpits and stanchions. See page 36 for further details.

Connector

Foil

Actual Size

V,,". X". 'h.'

UNIT 1 Series C

8mm.9.5m 11 m

F'afl NO.

Small cruising boats are easily overpowered and need an effective reefing system to allow shortening sail from the safety of the cockpit. Unit 0 is the ideal jib reefing and furling system for boats with headstay wires of 5/32', 3/16', %2", 4 mm. or 5 mm and with -4 (4.37 mm) or -6 (5.03 mm) rod headstays. Unit 0 may be used with 6 mm type 316 metric wire. Typically these are boats 22 to 28 feet (6.5 to 8.5 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Common Spaeifications Luff tape -6 (%2' or 5 mm) Headstay wire- 552'.3/1fim. 7/32', 4 mm. 5 mm. (6 m m * )' Rod headstay sue - -4 (4.37mm) or :6 (5.03 mm) Clevis pin d a -5/16' (8mm). W(10 m m ) or 7 ~ 6 (1 ' 2 mm) rleaostav. length - - standard oackaae: 38'4' r 11.68 mi' - max allowable: 25'4' (13r82 m) ' T y p e 316 metric wire only Additional Information-See oaoes 118 and 119 far an explanatlon of special featl~res"see pages120 and 121 f o r an explanatlon of optlons.

Deacflptlnn

Seriar

svln

900

Unit 0 wlh swaps l'tting but no headstay Wire

Specify A,BorC

D N ~ Oplion Add'R't0 Part number

901

Unit0 with Sta-Lok or Noneman termind but no headstay wire

Specify A,BorC

Add 'R' to Part number

Specify wire .% clews pin she

902

Unit 0 with new headstay wire cut to length and swaged Unit 0 wlh your old headstay Wire cut to lenm and swaged

Specify A,BorC Specify A.BorC

Add 'R'to pan number Add 'R'to part number

Specify wire a ckvis pin sue Spkify wire 6 clevis pinshe

938

Unit 0 w R rod t e r m i ~but i no headstay

Specify A,BorC

Add 'R'to Pallnumber

Specify md 6 clevb pinsbe

0 6

Edra 7' (2.13 m) foil edrusion

Required ll headstay lenr~this over 38'4' (11.68 m)

909

Exira 6' (152 mm) connector

266

Lead block kii

One required for each extra 906 loll Ordered lncludesthree 165 builel bbcks, one 019 lmle Hemratchet, four 061 bases, and one cleat

Optional snap shackle

For head ortack- order two M map shackle required at both head and tack

937

S p l i t d ~ mletloft kn

For retrofimingexistinp units

061

Stanchion mount base

A m h e r 166,168,023,001. or 019 to pulp# or stanchion

940

lsomat adapter kii

For use on isomat span, lncludm stemball fining and toogle.

944

Unit0 hatyard remainer

For use only when required-See instructionmanua

903

Specify wire .% clevir pin she

Actual Size

U n i t 1 is an extremely popular jib reefing and furling system for moderately sized cruising boats. It is also often used on staysails of larger boats. Unit 1 fits boats with headstay wires of l A " , %2", 6 mm, or 7 mm and with -8 (5.72 mm) or -10 (6.35 mm) rod headstays. Unit 1 may be used with 8 mm type 316 metric wire. Typically these are boats 28 to 36 feet (8.3 to 11 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Common Specilications Luff tape -R6 (%z' or 5 mm) Headstay wire- '/h, 9/32", 6 mm, 7 mm, (8mm') Rod headstay size - -8 (5.72 mm) or -l 0 (6.35 mm) Clevis pin dia - 14' (12.5 mm) Headstay length - standard package: 45'8" (13.92 m) - maxallowable: 52'8' (16.05 m) 'Type 316 metric wire only Additional Intomration - See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. See pages 120 and 121 for an explanation of options.

061

Standlion mount base

Amches166.166,023,001, or019 to pulpt or Stanchion

941

lsomat adapter k'n

944

Unit 1 habard restrainer

For use on isomat span, Includes Stembali fining and toggle. For use onb when required -See instruction manual

UNlT 1.5 Series B

Connector Foil

Actual Sire

UNlT 2 Series B

U n i t 1.5 fills a niche between Unit 1 and Unit 2. It utilizes the Unit 2 tumbuckle components to have the strength to fit 54s' or B mm wire headstavs and -12 (7.14 mm) rod headstavs. but uses the drum,foiis and swivels of unit i. It is designed for boats under 36 feet (11 m) in length which have a Yl6"or 8 mm wire headstay or a -12 (7.14 mm) rod headstay. Maximum headstay length with Unit 1.5 is 53'2" (16.2 m). Unit 1.5 should not be used on larger boats or with longer headstays. When used with wire headstays, Unit 1.5 will accept only Norseman or Sta-Lok terminals. For conversion to racing the optional split drum is required. Unit 1.5 is only available in Series B or C.

Common spaci~icatiionr Luff tape -56 (642' or 5 mm) Headstav wire Vts' or 8 mm Rod headstay size - -12 (7.14 mm) Clevis pin dia-W (16 mm) ml Headstav lenoth - standard oackaoe: 46'2' - - (14.07 ~~-~ ~~, - max allowable: 53'2" (16.2 m) Additional Inlom,aIfon- See oaoes 1 1 8 and 119 for an explanation of special features.-See pages 120 and 121 for an explanation of options.

7~~

~~-~~

RI1 WO. 985

Dlariplon

810

Unit 1.5 with %-L& or Norseman terminal but no headstay wire Unitl.5 wiih rnd famlnal but no hadstay Edra T(2.13m) f d l emusion Exlra T (178 mm) connector

267

Lead block kil

884

Optionalsmp shaclje

886

Spli drum retrotit Y

061

Stanchion moum base

986 807

WIiI

hvln Option Add B orC Add 'R' 10 to pall number part number AddBorC Add 'R' to to part number part number Required Iheadslay kngth is over46'2' (14.07 m) Sariet

Specify wire YD

Spedfy rnd size

One required for each extra 807 foil ordered Includesthree 166 bullet blocb m e 019 Iiik Henratchet. four 061 bases. and one ckat For head or tack -order two Isnap shackle required a bolh headand tack Far m l ' t l i n p exbtinp units AUaches165.1ffi.023.MI1.or019

to pulpil or stanchion

942

IsomaI adapter l

For use cm Ismat span. Includes stemball fitting and toggle.

944

Unit 1.5 halyaid mstniner

For use only M m required

-See instructionmanual

Actual Size

Pad NO.

Unit,2 1s.a11b , reef~ng . . and furling system designed for larger cruising boats. Unit 2 fits boats with headstay wires of 5/16'. W,8 mm, or l 0 mm and -12 (7.14 mm) or -17 (8.38 mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 35 to 46 feet (10.6 to 14.2 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Luff tape -X6 ( R 2 ' or 5 mm) Headstay wire -%sU, W, 8 mm, or 10 mm Rod headstav,size - -12 17.14 mm),or -17 18.38 mm) ~~ Clevis pin dia -W (16mm) Headstay length - standard package: 60'4' (18.39 m) - max allowable: 67'4' (20.52 m) Additional lnfonnatlon-See pages 118 and 119 for an exolanation of s~ecialfeatures. See woes . - 120 and 121 for an explanaiion of options.

Dmcdpm

sorill

Split orym option

835

Unit 2 wlh swage lining but M headstay W e

MdA.BorC to pan number

Add 'R' to paltnumber

Specify wire size

836

U n l 2 wlh Std-Lokor Norseman terminal but no Madslay wire

AddA.BorC to part numbcr

M d 'R' to pannumber

Specify wire size

837

Unit 2 wiih rod terminal but no headstay

AddA,BorC to part number

Add 'R' to pannumber

Specify rod size

838

Unit 2 wiih new headslay wire cutto length and s w e d

MdA,BorC to part number

Add 'R' to pan number

Specify wire sire

839

Unit 2 wiih your ald headstay wire cut to lenpth and swagad

M d A , BorC to part number

Add 'R'to pannumber

Specify wire ske

842

Extra 7' (2.13 m) f d i eat~sim

Required Ibadstay bngth is over 60'4'(18.39 m)

a44

Ean9' (229 mm) connmor

One required for each extra 842 foil ordered

267

Lead block Kit

includesihree l 6 3 bullet block, one 019 link Hepralcha. four 061 bases. and one cleat

885

Optional snap &Me

For head ortack- order two Isnap shzkk required al bath head and tack

887

Spli drum retrofi kit

For retmfming existing units

061

Stanchion mount base

Anaches 163, 023,001, or 019 to pulpit or stanchion

942

isomat adapter kii

For use on lsomat spars. includes stemball fining and twgle.

945

Unk 2 habard nswainer

For use only when required-See instruction manual

UNlT 2.5 Series C

lack

'/S-=

16% M," 1180 mm

iOnnedO 1 Foil

Actual Size

19 mm. 22 mm

UNlT 3 Series C

U n i t 2.5 fills a niche between Unit 2 and Unit 3 It utilizes the Unit 3 turnbuckle components to have the strength to fit -22 (9.53 mm) rod headstays, but uses the drum, foils and swivels of Unit 2. It is designed for boats under 46 feet (14.2 m) in length which have a -22 (9.53 mm) rod headstay. Maximum headstay length with Unit 2.5 is 68'0" (20.73 m). Unit 2.5 should not be used on larger boats or with longer headstays. For conversion to racing the optional split drum is required. Unit 2.5 is only available in Series B or C. Common Spscifiestions Lufl tape -X6 (%2' or 5 mm) Rod headstay size - -22 (9.53 mm) Clevis pin dia- W (19 mm). W (22 mm) Headstay length - standard package: 61'0' (18.59 m) max allowable: 68'0' (20.73 m) Additional Intomation- See pages 118 and 119 far an explanation of special features. See pages 120 and 121 far an explanation of optians. 126

..-.

Dpllon

990

Unil2.5 wilh md t e r m i ~but l no headslay

842

Extra 7' (2.13 m) foil extrusion

Required if headstay krqlh is over 61'0' (18.59 m)

844 . 2MI

Extra 9'(229 mm) connector

One required for each extra 842 foil ordered Includeslhree 158 bullR Mocks, one 019 link Hwdratchet, four 061 bases, and one cleat

885

O~timaisoao shaclde

887

Spli drum retrofi kit

Lead block kit

AddBorC to pan number

Add 'R' to paltnumber

Scatty rod size

For head ortack -order snao ~-~ two I shackle required at both head and tick For retrofmingexkting units ~

Stanchion mount base -

Unil2.5 halyard restrainer

Atlacks 188,023,WI. or019 to pulpil or Stanchion For use on lsomat span, Includes stemhall finim and towk. For use only when required -See imtructnn manud

Actual Size

Split

Ssrier

UNIT 3 I Unit 3 is ajib reefing and furling system designed for very large cruising boats. Unit 3 fits boats with headstay wires of 7/16,' t h " , l 1 mm, 12 mm or 14 mm, and -22 (9.53mm) or -30(11.1mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 45 to 72 feet (13.7to 21.9 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Common SDecitications Luff tape 1 # 6 (W or 5 mm) Headstay wire-7/16', I#, 1 1 mm, 12 mm, or 14 mm Rod headstay size --22(9.53mm) or -30(11 .l mm) Clevis pin dia - W or 7N (19or 22 mm) Headstay length -standard package: 74'7(22.73m) - max allowable: 81'7'(24.87m) Additional Information - See pages 1 1 8 and 1 1 9 f o r an explanation o f special features. See pages 120 and 121 for an explanation o f options

Drum Option

Unit 3 w l h magefming hot no.hendstav ..~ ....~. ,wire.

Add A, B or C to part number

Add ' Y t o part number

Specify wire & Clevis pin size

Unit 3 w l h StbLok or Norseman terminal but no headstay wire

AddA,BorC to part number

Add "R' to part number

Specify wire & clevis pin s i n

Unit 3 w i t rod terminal but no headstay

Add A. B or C m pan number

Add "R" to pan number

Specify rod & CleYlS pin size

953

Unit 3 w i t new headstay wire cut to length and swaged

Add A. BorC to pan number

Add "R'to part number

Specify wire & c l e v i ~ u ~

954

Unit 3 wdh your old headstay wire cut to length and swaged

AddA. BorC to pan number

Add"R't0 pan number

Specify wire & clevis pin size

958

Extra T (2.13 m) foil el~ruslon

Required if headay length is over 74'7' (22.73 m)

960

Extra 10'(254 mm) connector

One required for each extra 958 foil ordered

969

Lead black kit

lncludesone0it.three W1, one W9. and one cleat

968

Spllt drum retrofit kil

For retrdlning existing u n b

061

Stanchion mount base

Anaches 001 or 009 to pulplt or stanchion

943

lsomat adapter klt

For use on lsomat spars, includes stemball fming and toggle.

945

U n l 3 habard restrainer

For use only when required -See instruction manual

UNIT 3.5 Series C

Actual Size

uni14

~ ~ l ~ 3 . g

U n i t 3.5 fills a niche between Unit 3 and Unit 4. It utilizes the Unit 4 tumbuckle comoonents to have the strength to fit $36' (14 mm) wire and -40 (12.7 mm) rod headstays, but uses the drum, foils and swivel of Unit 3. It is designed for boats under 70 feet (14.2 m) in length which have %6' (16 mm) wire or -40 (12.7 mm) rod headstays. Maximum headstay length with Unit 3.5 is 81'7' (24.87 m). Unit 3.5 should not be used on larger boats or with longer headstays. For conversion to racing the optional split drum is required. Unit 3.5 is only available in Series B or C.

conrrnon s//eci&atiom

Luff tape -#6 (932' or 5 mm) Headstay wire -%B' (16 mm) Rod headstay sue --40 (12.7 mm) Clevis pin diameter -'h' (22 mm) Headstay length -Standard package 74'7' (22.73 m) - Max allowable: 81'7' (24.87 m) AddMoml lnlirmtim- See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. See pages 120 and 121 for an explanation of options. 128

Series C

Pan

1030

Dlsulp(lon

1032

Unit 3.5 with S$-Lok or Norsamm terminal but no hmdstay wire Unh 3.5 with rod terminal but no hadstay Extra T (2.13 m)foil BIPNS~O~ Extra 11)' (254 mm) connenor

968

Lead blockbl

Spll drum n m ~ ikit t

(161

Smnchlon mount bare

945

Ulit3.5 halyard reslraHler

1031

958

WlU Dnm oflion Md B or C Add "R" to to part number part number MdBorC Add "R-@ to part number part number Required I hsldstay length k O W 74'7' ~ (22.73 m) One required for w h extra958 foil ordered Includes one Oll.mme W1, one W9, and one c k d For rshafittirq ewstiq u n b Sa11m

A W e s W1 Or W9 to pulpit orstarchion For use ontj when required

SWEW ~. wire size

Smcify rod sue ~

-See instruman wand

Un .~4t .1s a j..~ breef~ng . and furling system for the largest cruising boats. Unit 4 fits boats with headstay wires of W, V4", 16 mm, 20 mm, and for -40 (12.7mm), 48 (14.27 mm) or -60 (16.76mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 60 to 90feet (18.3to 27 m), but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Unit 4 is a limited production item. Allow up to 6 weeks for delivery. Common Specifications Lufi tape X7 (%2' or 6 mm) Headstaywire -W,% 16 mm, or 20 mm Rod headstay size - 4 0 (12.7mm), -48(14.27mm), or -60 (16.76mm) Clevis pin dia -,'l 1 W, 11N' (25.4mm, 28.6 mm, or 31.8mm) Headstay length - standard package: 77'8' (23.67m) - rnax allowable: 101'8'(30.99m) Addilional Intomtation See pages 1 1 8 and 1 1 9 for an explanation of special features. See pages 120 and 121 for an explanation of options.

Pan

no.

1001

Oacrlptlon

Unn4 wiih Sta-Lokor Noneman

1005

terminal but no headstay wire unn4 wiih rod teminal but no headstay Extra 12' (3.65m) toil extrusion Extra 13W (343 mm) connector

1009

sprl drum ratrof't lat

1002

1003

Slria Only available

SPllt Drum

upnon Add "R" to

as Series C pannumber Only available Add 'R' to as Series C partnumber Required if headstay length is over 77'8' (23.67m) One required for each extra 1 ~ foil3 ordered For retrofittingexisting units

Specitywire 8 clwls pin size Specity rod 8 clwis pin size

129

SMALL BOAT FURLING Harken small boat furling systems are designed to allow the dinghy or trailerable cruising sailor the ability to furl the jib from the cockpit. Both the drums and halyard swivels of these furling systems feature multiple stacked races of Delrin or Torlon bearings to insure smooth rotation under load. Smaller dinghys use the 162 and 163 units with Delrin bearings while larger dinghys use the 164 and 165 which feature hi-load Torlon bearings. Trailerables and other small cruising boats use the 207 and 208.The 207 swivel is supplied with a removable retainer to hold the swivel near the headstav when in use. All small boat furling systems require a jib with a luff wire properly seized to the sail. The luff wire carries most of the headstay load in use and must be properly sized for the boat. Some boats, particularly dinghys remove the headstay entirely while others, including most small cruising boats keep the headstay to support the mast when the sail is not hoisted. Small boat jib furling gear does not allow a sail to be used efficiently in a reefed configuration but does allow the jib to be set and doused from the cockpit. Olrlancs Oe3ciipllon 162

Upper swivel

Beiwaen

Dllmslsr OUtrida

Lino

hw Widn

Pins 21 6 .~M m m 21 6 64mm

1' 25mm 2%' 70mm

%4 0'

:K ;:

Clams WslpM raa:1o

8mm

6mm

2% m 64g

5Az'

MO'

14'

4M m

4mm

8mm

3mm

6mm

=Ad 8 mm

'A' 3 mm

%' 6 mm

64 g

950 lbs 431 k9

Use an dinghys 10 20 R. (6.1 m); catamarans to 18R. (5.5 m)

3Ad 8 mm

'A' 3 mm

4% m 1289

950 lbs 431 kg

Use w1164

6mm

8 01 2279

Furling drum

164

Hklmd upper swiwl

64mm

1' 25mm

Hklwd furling drum

2'h' 64mm

2%' 7Omm

Tack e m s i o n

13% 364mm

16mm

~Ao' 8 mm

1%~' 37mm

%4 6'

3%'

lOmm

5 mm

6mm

lomm

34 6. 5mm

Bmm

199 207 208

Cruising upper swive

102mm

Cruising furling drum

102mm

1' 25mm

in?, 4mm

4%6. 126mm

1%' 37mm

Madmum Wokinp Load 500 lbs 227 kg 500 Ibs 227kg

'h' 3 mm

163

165

1' 25mm

Maximum

K' 6mm

1289

6 oz 1709 14% 02 411 9

Use on dinghys under 16R. (49m) Use ~ 1 1 6 2

Allows mounting of drum below deck

-. . 2WO lbs Use on cruising boats to 25R. (7.6 m): 907 kg catamarans to23n(7m)

ZCQO lbs 907 kg

Use ~ 1 2 0 7

Imagine reefing your mainsail by standing in the cockpit and pulling just one line. In seconds you're reefed, trimmed and sailing again. Harken single line reefing kits offer everything you needtoinstall Garry Hoyt's patented system which has been used successfully on hundreds boats . ... .of . . .. .. Boom end oioc6 are traclc-mo~ntedso that installat on is exlreme v easv.an0 olocd ~ o s ion t na mav oe chanaed as sails stretch or new sails are purchased. Gooskneck blocks are also trackmounted to Dlace the reefina- blocks in the best position for DroDer . . sail shape. Kits include tracks, blocks, fasteners, and simple pictorial instructions, including instructions to sailmakers for modifying your existing sail. You need to furnish rope and a cleat or stopper to match those on your boat. S~ecialFeatures Bill bearing blocks Adjustable track-mounted blocks Simple pictorial instructions

l F;

- --

E 5 - %=S--.

Part. W-

Dacdption

reeling kit

Large single line reeling kit

--:

p,,

Boat Lenplh

M a i n ~ i1188 l

Under 150nZ Under14mz

150 - 3W R'

22' 27' 6.7 m - 8.2 m 26' 36' 8.5m-116m

BATTEN TRAVELER SYSTEMS

Multi-axialpivot on Battcar alows b a r n s to fay Rat SO W saik can be mked natly on boom.

RU1uerson bamntensioner on 1781 car. Lun cats wiilaccspta variety o l banan md minas Harken Battear- batten traveler systems allow full batten mainsails to realize their potential. Full length battens make mainsails last lonaer,. oive - a more oowerful shaoe. and make them easier to trim. Coupled with lazy jack, full length bettens make controlling the main easter when fuding and reeling. These battens are typically in compression, so they can make raisina and lowerina the mainsail dmicult. Harken batten traveler systems place the battens and headboards on recirculating ball bearing cars so that sails raise easily and drop instantly when the halyard is released. Battcar systems are available In three sizes for boats from 30 to 80 feet (9 to 24 m). Each size includes a headboard coupler, batten end cars, short luff cars, and an easy to install, lightweight track system. Headboard couplers join two cars and replace the mainsail headboard. These unique designs spread the load of the leech across both cars and allow even large sails to be carried on free rolling ball bearing cars. Battcars are offered with a variety of BATTSLIDEm^fittingswhich

protect salls from excessive wear by placing the batten end in a rugged batten receptacle which removes the stress on the sailcloth. The-unique, patented*, multi-axis articulating link allows battens to move in a1 planes. The precise mechanical linkage holos the batten o n o~timalsail shaoe. a feature loose end in its intended ~ o s l ~ for attachments cannoi offer. BA~T$LIDEfiiings ailow battens to rotate into a horizonta, position wnen the sail is lowered so sails are easier to flake and furl and the wide ranae of movement allows the boom to be moved off centerline even i h e n the sail is furled. When the use of BAllSLIDE finings is not desired, the 1776, 1781, and 1785 cars are designed to accept a variety of other batten end fittings. Short luff cars hold the main to the mast to prevent scalloping between battens. Battcar systems require the installation of Harken track on the mast. Special track wlth a patent-pending mounting system is available in each size to permit installation without drilling the mast. 'BATTSLIM iS a trademark of Sailpomr Systsm, Inc. BATrSUOE palem am held by SailPOwar Swlem, Iw. ~

~~~

ORDERING BATTCARS

Ordering the correct Battcar system for your boat involves choosing the correct size range, choosing the correct number of cars for your sail, and determining the proper track and mounting slugs for your mast.

Your sailmaker must be consulted in the process because your sail W I need moaification b ~yod t can choose the correct components by following the f ve sreps oelow:

1. Choose the correct size of batten traveler system based on sail area.

Owners of unusual boats should contact Harken for fu rther details.

Madmum Sail h a Ynmbmmll

YmaHlhmml

2. Order the correct number and configuration of cars for your boat. Choose cars after consultation with your sailmaker. Each system

needs one headboard car assembly, the correct number of batten end cars, and short luff cars for between the battens.

3. Determine the correct number of track sections

4. Determine the correct mounting slugs for your mast. For each size system there is one slug for flat mast grooves and two slugs for round mast grooves. Check to be sure that the slugs will fit your mast by cutting out the pattern provided below and inserting it in your mast. If none of the mounting slugs fit your mast, contact Harken. Each mounting slug kit includes enough slugs to fit one trackalong w l h fasteners, Loctite, and a connector slug. Order one mounting kit for each track section.

Attach measuring template to light cardboard or heavy paper. Cut template carefully. Slip into mast and pull gently to the rear. If after surface of mast is even with green area of template, use mounting slugs for shallow round grooves. If after surface of mast is even with blue area of template, use mounting slugs for deep round grooves. If after surface of mast is even with red area of template, mounting kits will not work and normal Harken track will need to be attached to the mast by drilling and t a ~ ~ i n ~ .

5. Order one end stop kit. Each kit includes two end stops, fasteners and special mounting slugs for track ends.

C CU1 on outside of line

"Printing Error Please note, the photographs on pages 134 b 136 have been transposed".

System A batten travelers are dgsigned for monohulls with or multihuils with mainsail areas f less t an 490 A (45 less than 400 f! (37 m, ) Max~mum . boat length is approximately 48 R (14.6 m). For unusual requirements, please consult Harken.

Common Specifications -Can Car width -2%' (56 mm) Ball diameter - 1/4' Fits track-1800 (142.154) Common Specilications 1800 Track Length - 80% (2.05 m) Weight - 4.16 oz/tt (387 a/m) Fa&ner size -#l 0-32 ~i X i' Fastener spacing - 100 mm (315~6")

The following components are required for each boat: l ) One 1792 headboard car assembly. 2) Enough lengths of 1800 track to match the luff length of the mainsail -see page 133. 3) One mounting kit for each track section. Use the gauge on page 135 to determine whether you need an 1801,1802 or 1803 mounting kit. 4) One ~ a t t c a pfor each batten in the mainsail. Choose from part number 1772,1773,1774,or 1775 based on your batten size as shown on page 135*. 5) The proper number of 1776 or 1789 luff cars. Typically this is one more than the number of Battcars, but consult with your sailmaker. 6) One end stop kit. Order an 1804 to match an l801 mounting kit, an 1805 to match an 1802, or an 1806 to match an 1803. 'When batten end terminals other than Battslide finings are desired, use 1776 luff cars to carry the batten end. For special attachment requirements, please consult Harken.

Anuai Size

Length Mounti~

Pan NO. 1772' 1773

Max Banen Width or Diamsler

Darcripllon Babarwlnylon midi Banslide Bancarwnixed round Bansiide ~

1774 Bancar widuminum Midi Battslide

Weiphl

Number Per

mount in^

Max midnoes Bden wXlMh '4'

41 mm

12 mm

%S' 11 mm

'6 - ! L l2 ' !

1%' 41 mm

'4' 12 mm

Lenglh Connoclor

Battan Shapa

Wei~ht Connectar

Weight

i 10oz

Flat

Round Fiat

Humber Per

Mar Load Capacily

Kit includes

1'4' 38mm

2'4' 64mm

4lqAs' 119mm

12 mm

11 6 38mm 1$4' 38mm

2'fl 64mm 2W 64mm

411A/16' 119mm 4%' 119mm

2848

350 ibs 159 k l

76mm

l 1 oz 3129 12 01 3409

450 lbs 204 kg 450 lbs 204 kg

76mm 3' 76 mm

13 02 3699

450 ibs 204 kg

76 mm

114' 38mm

2M' 64mm

4r%d 1 1 9 mm

12 mm

'4" 12mm

5mm

'4' 12mm

'h' 12mm

p -

1775

Bancar w14uminum Maxi Bansllde ~~

1776 L U car ~

12mm

4 oz 1139

325 I h 147 kg

2'4' 24mm

1% 41 mm

5 1 mm

3 oz 85g

200 Ibs 91 Xp 1700 lbs

2' 51 mm 7W

1%' 4,mm

'4'

51 mm

12mm 7'6

pp.-

1789 Shon lufi car

Flat

51 mm

'h'

28 07

%S'

%S' 5mm

3s'

[l-t l im

System B batten travelers are dpigne for monohuiis with mainsail areas f less an 750 ft (56 ) o r mult~hullsw~th , less than GW ft (56 m . Maxlmum boat length is approdmately 6 0 f l (18.3 m). For unusual requirements, please consult Harken.

! h!

Common Speelffmtions Cln Car width - 2%' (70 mm) Ball diameter- %6' (8 mm) Fits track- 1808 (1510,1535)

Common SpeeIIcaiions 1808 Rack Length - 811H (2.06 m) Weight - 5.92 oz/ft (551 g/m) Fastener size - 1/4-20 FH X 1" Fastener spacing - 100 mm (31%6") 136

The following components are required for each boat: l ) One 1793 headboard assembly. 2) Enough 1808 track to match the luff length of the mainsail see page 133. 3) One mounting kit for each track section. Use the gauge on page 137 to determine whether you need an 1809,1810 or 1811 mounting kit. 4) One ~ a t t c a pfor each batten in the mainsail. Choose from part number 1778,1779,1780, or 1794 based on your batten size as shown on page 137'. 5) The proper number of 1781 or 1790 luff cars. Typically this is one more than the number of Battcars, but consult with your sailmaker. 6) One end stop kit. Order an 1812 to match an 1809 mounting kit, an 1813to matchan 1810, oran1814 tomatch an 1811. 'When batten end terminals other than Battsiide fittings are desired, use 1781 luff cars to carry the batten end. For special attachment requirements, please consult Harken.

Mar Banan Wldlh or

Max n i a n a r

Olamtllr

wlCIDM

1778 Bancarwnixed round Banslide

%6' 11 mm

12mm

1779 Ballcar wlduminum Midi Ballslide

% 1' 41 mm

12 mm

Plrl No.

Dmcrlpllon

1780 Battor wlaluminum Maxi Banslide 1761

Lunar

M' M'

'A'

51 mm

12 mm

1790 shori luncar 1793 Headboad o r assembly wmeadboard 1794 Bancarwladiustabk Banslide lor round banen

Bamn

Yi 19 mm

B,flan

shapa

Mar Weight

Lord

Ca~acItf 1402 397 g

8501k 386 kg

3'9/1s' 97 mm

ll%d 46 mm

2j1/1$. 68 mm

127 mm

12 mm

1601 4549

850 lbs 386 kg

3'9/16'

ll%6' 46 mm

2'%6' 66 mm

'h'

97 mm

127 mm

12 mm

1702 482 g

850lbs 386 kg

3'ks' 97 mm

1 46 mm

2'h' 68 mm

'h'

127 mm

12 mm

7 01 198 g

625 lbs 283 kg

3%' 81 mm

11%6' 46 mm

29/16' 56 mm

'%g

21 mm

6 mm

5 02 1429

375 IbS 170 kg

2'A. 24 mm

1'9/16' 46 mm

29/16' 56mm

17mm

6mm

37 02 105kg

2500 lbs 1134kg

6%6' 227mm

3'Vls' 1W mm

211/16' 68mm

7W 194mm

12mm

2301 652 g

850lbs 386 kg

3'%' 97 mm

1'%6' 46 mm

2'1/16' 68 mm

8'/i 210 mm

12 mm

Round Flat Flat

Round

"8'

W 'h'

137

S y s t e m C batten travelers are de igned f monohulls with mainsail areas of lessjhan 13p0 ft (120 ) or multihulls with less than l000 ft (93 m ). Max~mumboat length is approximately 80 ft (24 m). For unusual requirements, please consult Harken.

$ 2

Common Specltiurtions -Cam Car width -35/i6" (84 mm) Ball diameter -W Fits track - 1816 (516, 758)

Common Specillcations 1816 Track Length - 811Qs' (2.08 m) Weight -9.38 ozlft (874 glm) Fastener size - as-18 FH x l'' Fastener spacing - 100 mm (315~6")

The following components are required for each boat: 1) One 1782 headboard car assembly. 2) Enough 1816 track to match the luff length of the mainsail see page 133. 3) One mounting kit for each track section. Use the gauge on page 139 to determine whether you need an 1817.1818 or 1819 mounting kit. 4) One Bancap for each batten in the mainsail. Choose from part number 1783,1784,or 1795 based on your batten size as shown on page 139'. 5) The proper number of 1785 or 1791 luff cars. Typically this is one more than the number of Battcars, but consult with your sailmaker. 6) One end stop kit. Order an 1820 to match an 1817 mounting kit, an 1821 to match an 1818, or an 1822 to match an 1819. 'When batten end terminals other than Battslide finings are desired, use 1785 luff carsto carry the batten end. For special attachment requirements, please consult Harken.

slow 1,lchllrld PMm

Mounting kit for deep

Round

72or

4200lbs

3302

1350lbs

3%s'

.. 0u;bzy jackkits provide everything you neGfor a simple lazy jack system. They include pre-swaged wires, blocks, eyesttaps, line, a cleat and fasteners. Clear, easy to follow ~ictorialinst~ctions include information for altering sail coven for use with lazy racks. The 252 and 253 use a two leg system while the 254 has three legs to better contain sails on longer booms. ~~

Specbl Featurns Preswaaed vinyl coated stainless cable Ball baaring blocks Complete pictorial instructions 140

~~~~

252

254

253

SmaH lay b k kii Medium luy jsk hi3

21'- 28' 6.4 m 8.5 m 2 7 37' 8.2m-11.3111 35' 42'

B'-1W 2.44 m -3.2 m 1O'B-14' 3.2 -4.27 m 12'-16'

I HARKEN WINCHES I

Drums are mmovabk forservice by nmovirq onh. one screw

All winches (from me 42) f m r e a stainless steel han& &et for maximum durabili

Patemed ball bearirq mller protects shwts against wear and fricthn.

~~n.uili~ arm is a,j]us&bis 10 22 poshans arterthe winch is mounted.

17-4 PH stainless steel roller

bearings nde in all metal cages.

Metal cages are m, preventing etfklency robbing distonion and allow mwe bearinos for me same doameter oecreavng UE ~oaocar. Ieo O f e s n beanq L e a bad per omrlng means prmler mac ency

Pawls are held c a p l i i by the springs. The/ are easy to r e m but wm7 dmp out s c i demb during service.

HCh load carrying gear pins are 17-4 PH stsinlw steal for maximum n r e n m and

Gearson winchesfroinIh42 feature four pawls for maximum rsillbil'ltyand to minimize backtash.

Cemer sham m winches as small as the 32 ride on mllw beariogs.

Wnchs as small as the 48 feature mller bearings In every gear All bases feature / $roe drain holes.

I I

WINCH FEATURES

High load carlylng gears on winches as small as the 32 are 1 7 4 PH sfainkss for strength durability, and efficlenw,

Larpar winches use two gmrs to dliYe drums. This reducasthe load on the drum gear and loads the drum symmetricallywhich imprwes eniciency.

F b r years when sailors needed innovative solutions to problems they turned to Harken for small and big boat hardware. Now, bigboat sailors also turn to Harken for innovative solutions to winch problems. Col/aboration, a NelsonIMarek IMS design built by Kiwi Boats, blends blazing speed with all of the features of a wholesome yacht. The trend today is to build good boats fast racing machines which are also a pleasure to sail and own. And good boats need the best hardware and winches gear which is lightweight, but also efficient and reliable. Harken Redline winches are the finest winches buiit. They set a new standard in design, engineering, manufacturing techniques, materials and quality control. Feature for feature no other winches compare. Harken winches are extremely efficient because they utilize larger bearings, feature bearings on most gears and drive shafts, and are buik to very fine tolerances. Efficient winches allow the crew to conserve energy and to trim more effectively. Redline winches are reliable because they use only the best materials and design for each application.

142

i -~ t-. -

r~.-

.. ,.

.:y

Winch Handles Harken winch handles are a unique blend of good looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement to Redline winches and a positive addition to any winch. All seven winch handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation. Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are safer to use as they will not slip out of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch.

\ ,

Self-Tailing Harken winches feature a self-tailing mechanism of unparalleled efficiency which is extremely gentle to your sheets. The feeder is a patented ball bearing roller which greatly reduces friction, protecting sheets and increasing efficiency. The traditional steel hook feeder is inefficient and damaging to line. Harken's self-tailing device is unique in its ability to adjust to varying line sizes. This ability to adjust to different line diameters has several important advantages: The jaws can be softly textured to protect the sheets. The optimum feed tension can be achieved which reduces line friction further and greatly enhances efficiency. Adjustment is simple. The spring-loaded upper flange of the tailing mechanism is depressed and turned to correspond to the sheet diameter.

Three Speed Winches Harken three speed winches are extremely simple to use. The name plate ring next to the winch handle socket is depressed to engage the three speed mode. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's laroe drum diameters, three soeed Redline winches offerven,. hiqh lin; speeds for racing'or fast cruising.

Available in Chrome, ~luminum/orpolished ~ronze Most standard Redline winches are available with chromed-bronze or hard anodized aluminum drums. All winches offered with chrome drums are available with polished bronze drums by special order. Aluminum is lighter and many people preferthe lookof black winches. Chromed bronze winches offer a rich look and great durability. Polished bronze offers a traditional appearance for special boats

Modularity Harken's modular system allows you to upgrade the configuration of your winches as your requirements change. Start with an economical two speed winch and later convert to self-tailing or three speed without changing the entire winch. Only Harken offers such complete modularity. Standard two speed winches may be converted to self-tailing (#42 up), three speed (148 up) or both (#56 up). Conversion is simple and requires only the addition of a modular kit.

143 "a*&.:

I t is important to match the correct winch to each job on your boat. You need a winch of the correct size and of the correct type for the task at hand. This winch selection guide is designed to simplify choosing the right winch. If you have any questions, or would like further advice, please contact us or any of our distributors. The selection chart is based on a masthead rigged monohull of medium displacement. Fractionally rigged monohulls should refer only to sail area rather than boat length. ULDB's may consider a smaller size winch, while vely heavy boats should consider moving to a larger size. Multihulls generally need to move to a larger winch because of their high righting moment and because they sail in higher apparent winds.

Winch Sizing

Powered Winches

In most cases, the part number of a Harken winch directly reflects the power ratio in the lowest gear when using a 10' (254 mm) handle. In the case of wide body winches, there is no direct relationship between power ratio and part number. Choose a winch which will give you adequate power for the loads you are likely to experience. The chart shows recommendations for racing and cruising boats. Generally racing boats are sailed harder and require larger winches, but cruising boats destined to be sailed extensively in heavy air or with a limited crew may be advised to favor the same power ratios as are suggested for racing.

Powered winches let you trim the heaviest loads with just the touch of a button. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic winches. Both are available in a wide range of sizes starting with a 48.2ST to handle sheets and halyards on cruising boats from 35feet (10.7 m). All Redline Dowered winches are extremely efficient self-tailers. ~anycruisinqsailors have

WINCH TYPES Self-Tailing Self-tailing winches allow one crew to crank powerfully with both hands while the winch tails itself. They are very useful on all functions on cruising boats where crew are likely to be limited and are often used for halyards, running backstays and controls on racing boats.

B -m

wide range of benefits. Sheets can be cross-led to the powered winch in heavy air. Halyards can be led aft when it's necessaly to send a man aloft - a real benefit to couples cruising alone. Even a single powered primary winch can transform a cruising boat into a very simple boat to sail shorthanded.

Three Speed

Drum Material

Three speed winches are faster because the drum turns very quickly in the first speed. The bulk of a sheet can be taken in quickly after a tack using this high speed. The trimmer can then shift speeds and take in the balance of the sheet using the two more powerful gears: Three speed winches are favored for sheet winches on racing boats over 35 feet (10.7 m) and are sometimes used on large performance cruising boats.

Choose the best drum material for your sailing. Aluminum is the racers' choice for its lightness and is often preferred by cruisers who like the black anodized appearance. Many cruisers prefer the classic appearance ol cnromed oronze wlncnes They are heav er lnan al-m nJm O J I are Dreferrea ,vnen w r e W oe carr ed lne 0r.m ~ on - -.. All models offered'in chromed bronze are also available in polished bronze by special order. Some larger winches and some racing winches are offered with combination drums which have stainless steel sleeves on an aluminum drum.

Modularity Most Harken winches are rnodular so that you can add self-tailing, three speed, or three speed, self-tailing to a standard two speed winch by the simple addition of a conversion kit. It is always better to purchase the correct winch for your needs, but modularity allows you to convert a winch as your requirements change. For example, you may plan to race a new boat for a couple of seasons before "retiring" to cruise so you would start out with three speed primary winches and later add self-tailing. Please check winch specifications carefully as not all models are totally modular. 144

~~~

Racing Winches Harken also offers a full range of ultra light racing winches. These winches are designed for the most demanding racing sailors and feature aluminum bodies, Torlon bearings, alloy stripper arms, and other features of special interest to racing sailors.

WINCH SELECTION CHART LOA-FEET LOA-METERS X1 Genoa (Sq. FVSq M) Spinnaker (Sq. FWSq M) Mainsail (Sq. FVSq. M)

19-24 5.6-7.5 200119 300128 120111

%Ton 25-26 766.5 300126 400137 150114

%Ton 29-31 8.6-9.4 350133 600156 180117 -

I l Ton

%Ton 32-35 9.5-10.6 470146 6Wn4 210120

36-39 10.7-11.9 600156 1200/111 2E4124

40-41 12-12.5 750170 14001130 300126

42-44 12.6-13.3 900164 16001149 350133

45-46 13.6-14.6 11001102 19001177 420139

49-53 14.7-16.2 15001140 30001279 750170

54-59 16.4-18 20001185 400M72 1200,111

60+ 183+ 2000t1186t 4WOtl375t 1200+1lll+

Genoa Sheet

Racing Cruising

6-16 6-16

16-32 16-32

40-42 32-42

42-44-46' 42-44

46-46' 44-46-48t

48-53' 46-53t

53-56' 53-56t

64-66" 64-66t

66-74-980' 64-66-74t

74-980' 74-9801

1090-1100-1120' llW-l120t

Spinnaker Sheet

Racing Cruising

16 8

16 16

40-42 32-40

42-44-46' 40-42

4446' 42-44

46-53' 46-48t

53-56' 48-53t

64-66' 53-56?

66-74-964' 64-66-960t

980-1100' 980t

Mainsheet

Racing Cruising

6-16 6

16 8

32 16-32

40 32

42.44' 40

46' 42

46-53' 44-46

53-56' 4at

66-964' 53-56t

Genoa Halyard

Racing Cruising

16 6-16

3240 16-32

42-44' 40-42

44-45' 42.44

46-48' 44-46

48-53' 46

53-56" 46-53t

56-64' 53-56t

66-74' 60-66t

Spinnaker Halyard

Racing Cruising

6 6

8 8

16 8

32 16

40-42 32-40

42-44' 40

44' 42

46-48' 44-46

53-56' 46-48t

56-64' 53t

66' 56.64t

Main Halyard

Racing Crulsina

6 6

8 6

8-16 8

16-32 8-16

40-42 32-40

42.44' 40

44' 42

46' 44

46-53' 46

56-64' 53t

66' 56-64t

Staysail Habard

Racing Cruising

16 8

32-40 16

3240 16-32

40-42 32-40

42-44' 32-40

46-48' 44-46

46-53' 46

53-56' 48-63?

Spinnaker Pole Racing Topping Lift Cruising

6 6

16 8

16-32 8-16

16-32 16

40 16.32

40-42 32

42-44' 32-40

46' 42

48' 44

Spinnaker PoleFOreguY

Racing

6 6

8 8

16-32 8

16-32 16

32-40 32

40-42 32

44' 40-42

46' 44

48'

Cruising

Mainsail Outhaul

Racing Cruising

8 6

16 8

16 6

32 16

40' 32

42' 32

44' 40

45' 42

Cunningham or Reel

Racing Cruising

6 6

8 6

16 6

16-32 8-16

32 16-32

40 32

42 32-40

44' 42

46' 44

48' 46

Masthead Fractional

6-16 16

16-32 40

32-40 42-44'

42 46-48'

44-46' 53'

46' 56'

46-53' 64'

53-56' 64-66'

64-66' 74-980'

* New lightweight racing winches may be substituted for standard winches in these places. t Electnc or hydraulic winches may be subsliiuted for standard winches in these applications.

B40 2A BBC

ONE AND TWO SPEED WINCHES S n g l e speed winches are used for sheet winches on very small boats and for halyard winches on small and medium sized boats. They are also useful for a variety of control functions on many boats. Harken Redline single speed winches are the finest small wincnes made. They feature a metal bases and bushings or bear ngs where orher brands use o1ast.c bodies and no bearinos. Small two speed winches are useful for primary wlnches on small and medium sized boatsand for halyards on medium sized boats. The 032.2 and 840.2 both have roller bearings on the interior center shaft and 17-4 PH stainless primary gears, features generally found only on competitor's larger winches. The first speed on these winches is direct drive. These winches are not modular. Addltlonallnfomtalion- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Orderlnp lnlomtalhn- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to palt number. Polished bronze by special order only. 146

Gear Rat10 PmerRlfllO m.0 1st 2nd 1st 2nd Olammer 1:l - 84:l 2%' 60mm 88 I: - 7.3:1 2%' 70mm B162 1:l 2 3 : l 7 2 : l 16:l 2%' 70mm 832.2 1:l 4.7:l 6.8:l 321 2'%6' 74mm 840.2 1:l 61:l 6.73 4o:l 3' 76mm

_no. B6

. I IB oienetm %6'

90mm 4'h' 115mm 4%' 120mm 5%' 136mm 5 145mm

3%' 82mm 3%. 90mm 474s'

112mm 5 134mm ~%e' 148mm

Chmme amk 2.91bs 2%' 133kg 65mm 4.4 I ~ S 3%. l $ 1.9kg 9Omm 5.5 Ibs 7.1 Ibs 3%a' 2.5kg 3.2kg W m m 7.3 lbs 9.4 1bs 4fh' 3.3 kp 4.3 kg 105mm 8.51bs 11.9'1bs 4%6' 3.8kg 5 4 $ 112mm

Alrmlnum 1.61bs 709g 2.3 ibs

Faasnerr 6xWFH 6x6mmFI. 4x416'FH 4x8mmFH 5 x l/C FH 5x6mmFH 5 x W FH 5x8rnm m 5 x 1 ~ 5x6mmFH

MODULAR TWO SPEED WINCHES T w o speed winches are widely used for sheets and halyards on boats of all sizes. Harken Redline two speed modular winches offer unprecedented flexibility. These winches can all be converted to selftailing with the simple addition of a modular kit. From the 48.2 up, thev can be converted to three soeed. From the 56.2 uo, thev can be ~, converted to both self-tailing and three speed. With a fraction of the expense of a new winch, a two speed winch can be changed to self-tailing or three speed as your winch requirements change. ~

Part No. 842.2

Gsar Ratio 1st 2nd 25:l

731

Powar Rallo lsl 2nd 14:l

Drvm Diamter

Bats Diameter

33/16, 90mm

6'X 165mm

All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. From the 48 up, drums are supported by ball bearings. All center shafts and the gears on most modular two speed winches ride on roller bearings. Additionallntormation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Ordering Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), 0 (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only. Woighl llumlnum Chrome

618' 162mm

1361bs = k g

1731bs 785kg

Fastanar Clrrle

Fgtsnerr

51/18' 128mm

5x%s'fH SxBmm FH

Modular

S1 Kit

Modular 3 Spsed KII

BK42.2ST

844.2

2.5:1

8.2:l

138:l

U:l

6%'

3% 92mm

6'%' 170mm

14.5 Ibs 6.58kg

18.4 Ibs 8.35kg

51/16' 128mm

5 x %S' FH S _ x 8 m m FH

BK442ST

172mm

846.2

2.5:l

9.2:l

13:l

46:l

3%~' 100mm

6W 175rnm

7%d 182 mm

16lbs 726kg

22lbs 998kg

5% j40mm

5xWFH 5 x 8 m m FH

BK46.2ST

848.2

4:l

10:l

20:1

41:l

4' 102mm

7W 190mm

7%6. 192mm

20.6lbs 934kg

26lbs 11.8kg

6%' 155mm

6xH6'FH 6xBmmFH

BK482ST

BK48.3

853.2

5:l

12:l

22:1

53:l

4%e' 112mm

8"/1e' 220mm

83/16. 218mm

26.3 lbs 1193kg

33.5 Ibs 15.2kg

7'48' 180mrn

6 x %ili FH 6x8mmFH

BKd2ST

BK53.3

147

Large two speed winches are used for sheets and halyards on offshore boats over 37 feet (11 m). They are totally modular and can be converted to self-tailing, three speed, or sew-tailing and three speed. By special order, the 874.2 can be modified to provide power ratios of 851 or 92:l for use on vely large boats. Only Harken Redline winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch.

856.2

5:l

13:l

21:l

4%'

Additionallnlonnation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See Pages 143 and 144 for suggested uses. Ordering Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (ehromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

31 lbs

40 lbs

7'Yrs'

6 x W FH

nu,

BK56.2ST

BK56.3

nu,

BK56 3ST

H a r k e n three speed winches are extremely simple to use. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. As handle rotation is reversed, the winch will automatically move to the next speed in sequence. The 848.3 and 853.3 are direct drive winches with a very fast first gear. Larger three speed winches have a geared first speed for use on boats where a power advantage is needed even in the first speed. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed Redline winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of

Gear Ratio 3rd 2nd

Power Ratio 1st 2nd 3rd

5:l

20:l

U:l

53.3

121

4 5.1

22:l

53:l

64.3

23:l

5.7 1

16 5:l

22.51

64.1

7.31

201

93:i

25 1

66:l

Dmm Diameter

4%1'

85:l or 92:1 for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. Only Harken Redline winches offer such high power ratios. From the 56, these winches may be converted to self-tailing by the addition of a modular kit. For maximum efficiency the vertical drum loads of these winches are carried by ball bearings, shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless and gears ride on roller bearings. Addilionallnlormation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Orderinfl lnlomtalion- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

Weight Aluminum Chmme

Base Diameter

26 5lbs

34.3 lbs

Modular

Fastener Circle

Fasteners Kit

5xWFH

S m a l l Harken Redline self-tailing winches are ideal sheet and halyard winches on smaller cruising and racing boats. The self-tailing mechanism means that one crew can quickly and easily trim or raise sails. The one speed Bl6ST is used for sheets on very small boats and for halyards and controls on small and medium sized boats. The handle ratchets in one direction to facilitate cranking under heavy loads. All Redllne self-tailing winches adjust to accept a variety of appropriate line diameters. The jaws of the B16STadjust with the simple

POwr RaIIo

MO.

4 im-

Bl6ST

231

16:l

47:l

16:l

832.281

2.41

r.4 c,.

32:1

. . Drvm

Base "l.,*. W,w.,.--.

HelOh'

change of washers in the head of the winch. The B32.2ST and B40.2ST adjust easily by depressing and turning the sprinp-loaded top plate. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction.

Addiftonal ,nfoma,lon- See pages 142 and 143 for an of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Otderlnp Intonation- Specity winch d ~ material m by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

--...

WmIvM m.. m-

.,,""in,,"

Fz!r 3?4d

~ m n a

I ...-Line s i a ...~ ma. m,.

'A'

2%' 70mm

4%' 120mm

5%' 142mm

7 1hs 3.2 kg

8.5 lbs 3.9$

Wmm

S x l/+' FH Sx6mmFH

%S' 8mm

21%' 74mm

5%' lMmm

6%~' 164mfr

9.3ibs

11.91bs 5.4$

4W 105mm

SxWFH 5x6mmFH

10mm

12mm

5x1/r'FH

'h'

4.2 kg

12 mm

840.257

2.2:l

13.5'1

10.1

5Iih6'

6%'

10.61bS

14.1 1bl

41'1;

MODULAR TWO SPEED SELF-TAILING WINCHES T w o speed self-tailing winches are used for sheets, halyards and contol lines on medium to large offshore boats. By depressing and turning the spring loaded top plate, the jaws of the winch adjust to accept different line diameters. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal caoes to imorove efficiencv. The drums of the B48.2ST and B53.2ST i r e supported by ball bearings. All center shafts and most of the gears on two speed self-tailing winches ride on roller bearings. D~~

These winches are modular and can be converted to standard two speed winches with the simple addition of a modular kit. AdditionalInformation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation See pages 144 and 145 forsuggested of special Orderino lnlormation- Soecifv winch drum material by adding A (alurnrnum), B (polished bronie), or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special orderonly.

MODULAR TWO SPEED SELF- TAILING WINCHES L a r g e two speed self-tailing winches are used for sheets and halyards on large offshore boats. By depressing and turning the spring loaded top plate, the jaws of the winch adjust to accept different line diameters. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction. These winches are modular and can be converted to three speed or three speed self-tailing winches with the simple addition of a modular conversion kit. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. The drums are supported by ball

and gears ride on roller bearings. bearings and all center D;,,', Two gears drive the d ~ and m all shaft pins are 17-4PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 85:l or 92:lfor use with very high loads. Only Harken Redline winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch. Additional lnlormation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Orderinglnlormtion-Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze), or C (chromed bronze) to part number Polished bronze by special order only.

slrt In.

lrt

2nd

PwnfRatio lrt 2nd

Drum Diamsler

Base WeipM Dlamet~r llaiohl Alumlnum Chrome

FaMnnnr Circle

B56.2ST

5:l

13:l

21:l

56:l

4%' 120mm

8 225 mm

10%' 270mm

34.6 lbs 15.6 kg

41.5 lbs 18.8 kg

7"/16' 195 mm

6 X %'FH 6 x 8 m m FH

64:1

% 5' 130 mm

9% 245 mm

12W 306mm

46.3 lbs 21 kg

5951bs 27 kg

814' 210 mm

5 x %' FH 5 x 10 mm FH

14mm 19mm

5 150mm

10%~' 265mm

13' 330mm

59.7 Ibs 27.1 kg

70.5 lbs 32kg

87,$ 225mm

6 x 39. FH 6 x l O m m FH

14mm

Gsar Ralio

BW2ST 5 7 : l 16.51 225:l

866.2ST

73:l

20:l

25:l

66:l

Fa'enen

Line Size Max

Min

%' 14 mm 6

19mm

Modular

speed Kit BK56.3

S1 Kil BK563ST

BKM.3ST

BK64.3

BK66.3

BK663ST

l9mm ~

8742ST 7.3:l

221

25:l

74:l

5% 150mm

10h' 265mm

13' 330 mm

60ibs 27.2 kg

72ibs 32.7 kg

8% 225mm

6 x %FH 6 x l O m m FH

9As'

3n'

14 mm

19mm

BK74.3

BK74.3ST

THREE SPEED SELF- TAILING WINCHES

Three speed self-tailing winches are ideal sheet winches on larger boats. The three speeds allow sheets to be trimmed quickly, even in heavy conditions. Self-tailing allows one crew to handle the entire trimming task - perfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed Redline selftailing winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising, By special order, the B74.3 can be provided with power ratios of Poldr Ratio

Drum

85:l or 92:lfor use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. All large three speed winches offer drums supported by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum, 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears. AdditionalInlormation- See pages 142 and 143 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Ordering Informalion- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chrorned bronze) to part number Polished bronze by special urder only. Bare

0980STC

SELF- TAILING WINCHES T h e B964 and B980 are wide body self-tailing winches which may be used as standard top action winches or with pedestal, electric, or hydraulic drive to permit trimming of very high loads on sheets and halyards of the largest boats. The B964.2ST and B980.2STare two speed winches used on large cruising boats. The B964.3ST and B980.3ST are three speed winches used on large racerlcruisers or whenever high line speed is desired. The B1100ST and B1120ST are three speed winches for high load applications on large boats. They are generally driven by electric or hydraulic motors or connected to a pedestal system. Pm B l l r Ratio NO. ld 2nd W 89642ST 7 3 : l Z:l -

Id 21:l

8964.3ST BW.2ST 8980.3ST BllWST 81120ST

2.8:l 7.3:l 28:l 2.7:l 2:l

7.31 27.8:l 7.31 8.2:l 11.4:l

22:l

27.8:l 25.8:t 33.4:l

8:l 21:l 8:l 52:l 3.4:l

21:l 80:l

21:l 15.9:l 19.3:l

Mdihonal lnfonnalion- See pages 142 ana 143 for an explanat~on

ol speclal leat~resSee pages 144 and 145 for suggestea Jses Ordering lntomaNon- Spec fy wlnch drum mater~aloy ada~ng A (a um nim) B (pollshed bronze). C (chromed bronze), or SS (stalnless sleel) to part nJnioer Pol sned bronze by spec~alorder only

ON^ bw Dlamahr Diambr 6%' 10Rs' 13' 175 mm 265 mm 330mm M. 6 10h' 15 175mm 285mm 330mm 6W lO%6' 13. 175 mm 265mm 330mm 80:l 6 IOMs' 13. 175mm 265mm 330mm 50.3:l l 14' 101%d 260 mm 355 mm 275 mm 56.5:l l 201As' 14%' 3Wmm 510mm 380mm

POW Rdlo 2nd 3rd M:l -

The large drum diameter provides extra surface area for sufficient wraps to handle very high ioadsand also offers extra speed in sheeting. Drums on wide body self-tailing winches are available in aiuminum, chromed bronze, or stainless steel.

Alumlnum 617 ibs 28kg 63.9 1bs 29 kg 61.7 lbs 28 kg 63.9 lbs 29kg

WalQM Chml 77.2 ibs 35 kg 79.4 lbs 38kg 77.2lbs 35$ 79.4 ibs 36kg

Stainlaw

ha' nsr Cimls

Famnn

70.5 lbs 32 kg 72.8 ibs 33kg 70.5Ibs 32kg 72.8 lbs 33 kg

8% 225 mm 8%' 225mm 8% 225mm 8 225mm 12%' 315mm 14%' 480mm

8 x W FH 6 x l O m m FH 6 X %FH 6 x lOmm FH 6xM'FH 6xlOmmFH 6 x M ' FH 6 x l O m m FH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH 12xM'FH 12xlOmmFH

Llns Dlanstar Win 46'

14mm

20mm

Sg'

t4mm

20mm

Sg'

14mm

20mm

14mm

20mm

Sg'

?A'

14mm

22mm 1' 25mm

Sg'

14mm

POWERED WINCHES

Baal Siza ~

Why powered winches? Simply because powered winches make sailing cruising boats easier and more fun. Trimming sails and sending a man aloft are accomplished by pressing a button rather than grinding a winch. Large boats can be sailed by only a few crew and families can manage boats which they couldn't comfortably handle with manual winches. Powered winches also open sailing to people with physical disabilities who would otherwise not be able to trim sails. Which winches should be poweied? Thedecision as to which winches to power depends on the size and nature of the boat. The first winch to convert to power is the primary because tacking the genoa is the most strenuous task performed on a regular basis. Halyard winches are next, especially it the sails are not roller furling. Many people position the oowered halvard winch so that it is possible to raise several sa iand it can greatly ease the problem of sending a man a on. On larger cruis ng boats all winches except sma contro line winches are powered Electric or Hydraulic? Harken offers both electric and hydraulic winches. Both give excellent service, but differ greatly in concept. With electric winches each winch has an independent motor. With hydraulic wlncnes a central power source dr ves a nLmoer of wincnes an0 other aoD !cat ons. As a resL t, t is aenerally less expensive to use eleciric winches when your planscall foijust oneor two powered winches. When you need a large number of powered winches or wish to use hydraulic power for other functions like furling or the anchor windlass, the scale of economy tips towards hydraulics because you only need a single power source for any number of applications. Hydraulic winches offer the further advantage of being quiet because the power source is located away from the winch.

Under 38 (Under 11.5m)

3B.

45' 13,5 m)

Typlcal Powrsd FunC1Iona Anchor Wlndlass Primary Winches

Typical Pownrnd Fundlonr

An~horWmdlass Primary Winches

Anchorwindlass Primary Winches Halyard Winches ~~-

45'10 55' (13.5 to16m)

Boat Size

Anchor Windlass Primary Winches Halyard Winches HydraulicVang Genoa Furling Mainsail Furling

55't (16 m+)

Mainsheet Winch Hakard Winches Hydraulic Vang Hydraulic Backslay Genoa Furling Mainsail furllng Centerboard L'fl Gangplank Dinghy Oavits

How does installation dinar tram electric to hydraulic? Installation of electric winches requires only the leading of power and control wires. Hydraulic winches need hydraulic hose and require the installation of a HydroPak, a hydraulic oil reservoir with pumps, motors and switches. Hydraulic winches however, only have a small drive box at each winch while electric winches have relatively large electric motors which may cause installation problems in areas where space is confined. Why Harken? Harken powereo W nches offer al of the aovantages of our standaro Reoline winches' more oearlnas, araer so no es. oetter materials, and more efficient self-tailing.-AII ~Sken'poweredwinches are available with two speeds inihe poweredmode - most competitors only offer one speed in smaller powered winches If h gher line soeeds are des~reo,Dowereo wenches from tne 56 can be oroered with three speeds. In addition, we've designed our powered winches to be simple and reliable. Each winch uses two control switches so you select the proper speed and don't rely on microprocessors which are difficult to repair. Switches are simple electric contact switches which are easy to service compared to pnuematic switches. 155

W -

the electric motor with a winch handle inserted. Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches use 24 volts. Motors are mounted either vefiically or horizontallyto match your installation requirements. The anchor plate allows separate disassembly of the winch and the motorlgear reduction assembly. Both the motor and gear reduction box feature special anti-corrosion protection.

Electric winches offer cruising sailors the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. Harken offers the most complete line of electric winches available with sizes ranging from the B44.2ST which is suitable for use as a primaly winch on boats as small as 34 feet (10.3 m) and for halyards on boats from 39 feet (12 m). All Harken electric winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the electric motor or when cranking by hand. Electric winches from the 56 may be ordered with three speeds to provide very high line speeds. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches which are located near the winch. The crew may select either first or second gear depending on the load. The winch reverts to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the electric system. Insertion of the handle automatically disconnects the electrical system to prevent use of plrt NO.

D N ~ olannta.

Oiamltlr

'"OM

3%'

6M'

92mm

17Omm

7%' 220mm

B48.2STE-H

B53.2STE-H

102mm 453s' 112mm

7%1' 1Wmm 8"h' 220mm

9% 245mm 1O7Ad 265mm

4%' 120mm

6% 225mm

llV i 285rnm 12%' 320mm 13%' 345mm 13%' 345 mm 13%' 345mm 13%' 345mm 10lHs' 275mm 11% 2Wmm

B44.2STE.H

B56.2STE-H B64.2STE-H B66.2STE-H

5H' 130mm

M' 150mm

874.2STE-H

B964STE-H

150mm 6 175mm

B9BOSTE-H B1100STE-H B1120STE-H

V# 175mm 10%' 260 mm l

3Wmm

Sib' 245mm 10%s' 265mm 10%' 265 mm 10%~' 265mm 1053s' 265mm 14' 355mm ZOfi6'

425mm

Line speed is measured wkh no laad.

1 45mm 1 45mm 1 45mm 1%' 45mm 1%' 45mm 1%' 45mm 1%' 45mm 1%' 45mm 2W 70mm 4%'

122 mm

AddI,IOnal,nlomurtion- See pages 142 and 143 foran explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses.

Orderinfl Infomrstion- Each winch requires two switches and each boat requires appropriate control panels -see page 163. Three speed winches from the 56 are available by special order. Winches with aluminum or polished bronze drums are available by special order only. The 1100 and 1120 are available with aluminum/stainless steel drums by special order.

w w

~rnsmr

Fm l. Mn

LIM SIP Mln Mar

ChRRl.

71As' 180mm

10' 255mm

50.9lbs 21.1 kg

5%/ls' 145mm

6x W FH 6x8mm FH

10mm

7%' 180mm 7% 180mm

1W 255mm lW 255mm

591bs 26.8kg 67lbs 30.4k~

6W 155mm 7'Ad 180mm

6xHs'FH 6xBmmFH

12mm

16mm

6xH6'FH 6xBmmFH

12mm

W 16mm

7h' 160mm 7% 200mm 7%. 200mm

10' 255mm 11' 280mm 11' 260mm 11' 280mm 11' 280mm 11' 280mm 17%' 435mm 17'3%' 450mm

71.91bs 32.6kg

7l1hs' 7xHs'FH 19fimm 7xBmmFH 81K 5xWFH 210mm 5xlOmmFH 8% 6xWFH 225mm 6xlOmmM 6M' 6xWFH 225mm 6xlOmm FH 8 6x16'FH 225mm 6xlOmm FH BW 6xk'FH 225mm 6xlOmmFH 1216' 6 x WFH 315mm Bx10mm FH 14916' 12~16'FH 365mm 12xlOmm FH

3/18'

%' 19mm

45mm

Pd. 200mm 7M' 200mm 7%' 200mm 6W 225mm l

276mm

98.8lbs 44.8kg 1W.eIbs 49.8k~ 1W.6lbs 496kg 116.4lbs 52.8kg 117.71bs 53.4kg 166.31bs 64.5kg 231.4lbs WSkg

ClrCI.

16'

14mm

Vf 12mm

3/1$

l4mm

19mm

3/16'

14mm

19mm

%s' 14mm

W lsmm

48'

14mm

20mm W 20mm W 22mm 1' 25mm

W 14mm

48' 14mm W 14mm

w p d r

L I ~ Rr Mlnull' 2nd 9.2' 15.5' 15.2m 4.7m 55.8' 16.9m 49.2' 14.9m

14.2' 4.3m 12.9' 3.9171

33' 10m 31' 9.417 27.2' 8.4m

12.9' 3.9m 10.6 3.2m 9.9' 3m

27.7' 6.4m

9.2' 2.8m 10.9' 3.3m 8.6' 2.6m 6.9' 2.7m 7.9' 2.4m

32.3' 9.Bm 32.3' 9.8m 27.4' 8.3m 22.8' 6.9m

Line speed 6 measured with no load.

157

H YDRAULIC WINCHES M a n y cruising boats use hydraulics for windlasses furling, centerboard lifts, vangs, and backstays, and ;his power source may also be used to drive Harken hydraulic self-tailing winches. Use of a central hydraulic power source reduces weight and noise as only one motor is required to drive the entire system. Harken offers both hydraulic self-tailing winches and hydraulic power sources and control systems which can drive winches and other accessories. .,

Winches All Harken hydraulic winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the hydraulic motor and when cranking by hand. This two speed capability in the powered mode on the smaller winches is unusual and is of great significance for smaller boats and for halyards because it insures high speed operation under low oaos wnlle retalnlng h~gh Dowertor nuon oaos Hvora~licwinchesfrom the 56 inay be ordekd with th;ee speeds to provide very high line speeds. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches and reliable, easy to service, electric controls. The crew may select either first or second gear depending on the load. The winch reverts to manual operation when a ocking nandle is inserted so tne boat can be raced or cr~tsedwiihout use of the hvdraul c svstem. Insertcon of the handle automatically di&onnects ihe powered system to prevent use of the hydraulic motor with a winch handle inserted. All hydraulic motors are vertically mounted. The motor and the gear reduction assembly feature special corrosion protectton All hydradllc lines and motors are standard hvdraulic comoonents so that winches are easily serviced anywhere in the world. All Redline hydraulic winches are self-tailing, featuring Harken's ball bearing rollers to improve efficiency and to reduce wear on the sheets. The jaws of these self-tailing winches adjust to accept different diameters of line by depressing and turning the spring loaded top plate. All Harken hydraulic winches offer all of the high efficiency features of our standard winches, including drums which ride on ball bearings, all metal bearing cages, 17-4 PH stainless drive gears, and roller bearings on the center shafts and gear pins. Hydraulic winches are offered with chromed bronze drums. Aluminum drums are available on special order. ~~~

~~~

Power Unils Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power units plus custom sizes for special applications. These are centrally positioned power units supplying hydraulic powerto different functions on the boat. Each power unit can be supplied with different configurations and with different functions. With these power units it is possible to serve all of the hydraulic requirements on a boat winches, mainsail furling, genoa furling, anchor windlass, steering, lifting keels, and davits, may all be powered by Harken hydraulic power units. The range starts with the Hydro 2 for boats 35 to 45 158

BRSlWswifch. Switches are mounted near winch and can be pmioned for handor twt opeialmn, or turn.

feet long (10 to 13 m) which desire a limited number of functions. Hydro 4 fits boats 45 to 60 feet (13to l8 m). The Hvdro 6 is designed for boats from 55 to 70 feet (16to 21 m). oats over 70 feet (21 m) use the Hydro 8. The power units are driven by 12 or 24 volt electric motors. All of the hydraulic connections are made with standard high performance hydraulic fittings. These systems are very simple and use commonly available components so that service is possible world wide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at any time. Two motors allow extra power and provide a backup power source. Every power unit is tailored to its specific use. Pressure and flow can be adjusted on the pump during installation to insure equal pressure and flow at each valve. If required each valve may be fitted with separate pressure and flow regulators. For large boats, custom power units are available. Harken will be happy to work with owners and builders to design proper hydraulic systems for any boat. For further information and technical specifications, contact Harken. Addifional lnlormafion- See pages 142 and 143 for an

B742STCH hydraulic w~nch features large diameter bearings and efficienf sell-ailing mechanrsm

Hydraulic control box confains swirch confmb Suwlied wiih hydraulic power uort

exolanation of special features. See .pages . 144 and 145 for skgested uses: Orderin# lnformafion- Each winch requires two switches and each boat reauires appropriate control panels - see page 163. Three speed klncnes lrom tne 56 are available by special order W~nchesW th a Lm n.m or po lsned bronze a r m s are ava~lable ou soec ~, ~, a1 oroer onlv Tne ll00 and 1120 are avallab e wdh aluminum/stainless'steel drums by special order.

159

Load (km)

,,c

Pranurw (bar)

Parrun (bar)

HYDRAUL/C WINCH SPECIFICATIONS

Welphl Chmlns

hsbner

FfianlR

Clmla

Line She Min Wdx

Lln@S p e d

Par Mlnull' l#

P P

B44.2STH B48.2STH B532STH B56.2STH B64.2STH B66.2STH

.Ight

B9643~ B980SM

6'8 170mm

7%' 220mm

8'4' 22*m

41%' 125mm

41.4 lbo 188kg

51%~' 145mm

6~%6'M 6x8mmM

lOmm

4' 102mm

7%' 190mm

V 228mm

6'A' 225mm

4'%6' 125mm

49.6 1bs 22.5kg

6lh' 155mm

6 x5Ae'FH 6x8mmFH

12mm

16mm

4%s' 112mm

81fM6' 220mm

g1h6' 250mm

% 6' 225mm

4%' 125mm

57.8 1bs 26.2kg

71~6' 180mm

6 x%s'FH 6xBmmFH

12mm

16mm

4%' 120mm

6%' 225mm

1WA' 270mm

8%'

4'%d 125mm

62.4 lbs 263kg

7%' 195mm

7 x%61s' FH 7xSmmFH

We'

225mm

14mm

19mm

5%' 130mm

9%' 245mm

12lX 306 mm

9%' 235mm

4%' 125mm

8(17lbs 366kg

8%' 210mm

5xWFH 5 x l O m m FH

14mm

5%' l5omm

lO'A6' zmmm

13' j30mp

9%' 235mm

4l%6' 125mm

91.7 IbS 41.6kg_

8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

19mm

5%' 150 mm

10%~' 265 mm

13' 330 mm

9'4' 235 mm

4%~' 125 mm

98.3 1 b 44.6 kg

8 225 mm

6 x 10 mm FH

?46' 14 mm

19 mm

6%' 175 mm 6%' 175mm

10%6' 265 mm

9'4' 235 mm

4%' 125mm

98.3ibs 44.6 kg

8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

10%~' 265mm

13' 330mm l? 330mm

9%' 235mm

4'%e' 125mm

99.2 lbs 45 kg

8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

58'

14mm

20mm

14 355mm

10"w 275 mm

11V1< 290mm

4%. 125mm

136.7ibs 62 kg

1239. 315 mm

6xWFH 6 x l O m m FH

'A'

260mm

14mm

l11h6' 300mm

20lA/16' 510mm

14'516'

ll'3/16'

300mm

4'516' 125 mm

171.95lb~ 78kg

14946' 365mm

12xWFH 12x 10 mm M

58'

380 mm

14mm

6 x W FH

%G' %6'

42.9' 13m

13.5' 4.1 m

47.2' 14.3m

11.9' 3.6m

41.5 12.6m

10.9 3.3m

28.1' 8.5m

10.9' 3.3 m

26.4' 6m

9.2' 2.8 m

23.4' 7.1 m

6.6' 2.6 m

23.4' 7.1 m

7.9' 2.4 m

27.4 8.31"

9.2' 2.8 m

27.4 8.3m

7.3' 2.2 m

22mm

23.4' 7.1 m

7.6' 2.3 m

1. 25mm

19.5' 5.9m

7.9' 2.4 m

l4mm

W 19mm

W 34'

YIWSTH 10~# B1120STH

3%' 92mm

Line speed is measured with no load.

58'

W 20mm

Hydro 2.3

Hydro 4.3

Pressure (bar)

H y d r o 2 and Hydro 4 are single motor power units. Hydro 2 is used on boats to 45 feet (13.7 m) which require two or three functions. Hydro 4 is used on boats to 56 feet (l7m) and is available with up to sixfunctions. Hydro 2 is available for either 12 volt or 24 volt installations. Hydro 4 is available only for 24 volt installations. Common Soeclflcafions -

~~~~

Oil Capacity - 10 liters (10.6 qt) Banery Capability - Min 200 amp hour Max operating pressure - 140 bar (2000 psi) Hose Connection -W G &ick fit connections Double pump for higher flow rate Electric oil level control

Dirtancm

Minlmum Wlrs She

Hydro 8

Hydro 6

P m s u n (bar)

HYDRO 6 & HYDRO 8 H y d r o 6 and Hydro 8 are dual motor power units. Hydro 6 is used on boats to 74 feet (22.5 m) which require up to 9 functions. Hydro 8 is used on boats over 70 feet (21.4 m) and is available with as many as 12 functions. The dual motors are capable of very high flow rates and provide a backup power source. Hydro 6 and Hydro 8 are only available for 24 volt applications.

Common Specifications Max operating pressure - 140 bar (2000 psi) Hose Connection - 'R" G Options Quick fit connections Electric oil level control

Dlstanm Baneqto Pllrnr Unit 0-1s 19-33' 5m-10m 33' 50'

Minimum W i n 8lm 00 QaQe 70 mm2

DWO woe

, ,

u .

M,"

Typical hydraulic instalbtion

Cusrom hydiaullc controlpanel for Wau(~uiezYachts

3 CONTROL BOXES AND S WITCHES I B o t h electric and hydraulic winches require switches. In addition, electric winches require appropriate control boxes which must be chosen based on the winch, thevoltage and the number of winches to be controlled. Hydraulic power units are supplied with appropriate control boxes. Switches Harken offers three switches for use with electric or hydraulic winches. Each winch requires two switches, one for each speed. Switches are simple electrical contact switches which are well sealed against moisture and are very easy to install and maintain. The BRSl00 and BRS102 are basic push button switches. The BRSIOOIP and BRS102lP are fitted with a guard to protect against accidental engagement. This feature is oarticularlv useful when switches are floor mounted. The 0 ~ ~ 1 is0 a'doubie 2 switch. Electrical Conlml Boxes Electrical control boxes contain the solenoids and overload protection to operate the winches. Each box will control one or two winches. Boats with more winches will require more control boxes. Hydraulic Control Boxes and Panels Hydraulic power packs are supplied w l h appropriate control boxes. Special control panels are often supplied with hydraulic systems. These panels can be mounted in the cockpit and show clearly which systems are in use and allow remote operation of hydraulic functions. 7~

NO. BRSlW

Ds~lpllon

Oismater

Haight

Oeplh

4 lOzmm

3x14

20mm

83mm

WslpM -

Remote swltch

102 mm

1%'

50mm

3% 83 mm

eRS1OO'P BRS102

~~:",EW1tCh

Remote switch

248'

BRSIWIP

Remote swnch

l%<

3976

1 Electric Control Boxes

25 or 7109 27 02 780~ 6 or 6 01

2 perwmch 2 perwlnch

2perwinch 2 0 e l wlnch

All racing winches feature a ~Iainlesssteel handle socket for maximum durability

Wide body winch drums feature hollows between interior and enerior drums 10 reduce WeigM.

Large winches feaNre Special 17-4 PH stainkss drum gears for long term relhbility

Drums are in hard anodized aiuminum with large winches offered with CombiMtion aiuminumhtainless steel drums.

Torlon roller bearings ride in large diametercagesto allow mae bearins to mny the Id. /

Large dbmeter spindlffform a large bearing surface to properly carry the load.

Drive gears are 17-4 PH stainless steel whh specially finished worluna

Winches as small as the 48 feature roller bearings in ewry gear

~mer on a1 rac ng mnchcs noe on rollel beal ngs Pawls are held caDtive bv the

ihev are easy in rem& but won7 drop out accidently during service. s&ngs.

Gearson mnches from lk 45 feature lour pawls for maximum reliability and to minimize backlash.

High load carrying gear pinsare 17-4 PH stainiessneel for maximum strength and durebimy.

.arger 6 ncnes .re WOgears to one onrns Tn s tearces me oad on lne drum o a r an0 oadr me improves eft~iency

RACING WINCH FEATURES I R a c e r s at all levels know that light boats are faster. Leading edge boats are designed and built to exacting standards to keep weight out. These boats demand extremely light winches with high efficiency and total reliability. Harken answers these needs with a line of racing winches which combine the meticulous attention to detail of the best Italian craftsmen with the space age Amercan technology wh ch has made Harken an nst rut on in rac ng circles for over 20 years. s boars. We~gntsare extremely low and rel~ab,ty and eff clency Harken's Torlon" raclng w~nchesare the dlttmate W nches for ser o ~ racing are extremelv h ~ a nTorlon raclna wlnches are nor s~mDlvstanoaro W nches mod~fed tor lhahter welants From tne haro anodized allov,oooiez and drums, i n d i h e Torlon rolleFbearings riding in largediameter cages, to the Torlon balk carryini; vertical loads on the drum and the 17-4 PH gears and gear pins. Harken Torlon racing winches are bred for performance. From small two speed self-tailers to enormous wide body pedestal driven winches. Harken offers the most complete range of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat. 164 ~

Torlon " Roller Bearings Race proven for years in Harken's big boat hardware, Torlon bearings are reliable, low friction bearings perfectly suited to racing winches. Torlon bearings are substantially lighter than stainless steel bearings and their use is an important element in the overall weight savings in Harken's racing winches.

Torlon bearings ride on specially finished hard anodized surfaces of the winch body. Torlon roller bearings ride in very large diameter cages to allow more bearings to carry the load. Less load per bearing translates into less friction and high efficiency and longer life. Torlon roller bearings require only the lightest lubricants so drag when trimming by hand is extremely low. Maintenance is reduced to frequent freshwater flushing and occasional cleaning and lubricating of gears.

when wlnch is disassembled

Stainless tarteners secure to ~BinleESSteelhelicoil inserts.

All bases feature large drain holes

Speed-Lock" Speed-Lock is a modular feature which can be added to any three speed Torlon Racing Winch to allow it to be held in the two faster speeds for offwind and light air work. Speed-Lock may be added without complete disassembly of the winch. Complete Range Unlike many winch builders, Harken offers a full range of racing winches. These include 8 two speed self-tailers, 5 three speed winches, 9 three speed wide body winches, 3 four speed wide body winches, and 6 three speed self-tailing wide body winches. Add modular Speed-Lock and you have the capability of providing the perfect winch for any racing application. High Efliciency Self-Tailing The patented ball bearing roller on the stripper arm protects sheets against wear and reduces friction. The self-tailing arms are a lightweight special alloy and are adjustable to 22 positions after the winch is mounted so the crew may select the best position for your boat. The special jaw configuration of the self-tailina mechanism can be adjusted to match your sheet diameter Because the jaws allow the line to seat on the same diameter as the winch drum, there is no efficiency lost by the tailer mechanism carrying the load. Non-adjustable self-tailers can offer optimal performance with only one sheet diameter.

Four Speed Winches Four speed wide body racing winches offer crews a 1:l overdrive speed for very fast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared first speed for heavy air work. This option of a l :l or geared first speed offers great flexibility and faster trimming in all conditions. The 1:l speed is selected by means of a lever switch conveniently located in the top cleat. When this high speed is selected, the normal geared first speed is locked out of the speed selection until normal speeds are again selected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction. 165

Three speed racing winches are the heart of any racing boat's winch package. They are ideal for most primary and secondary winch applications. Larger boats will often use three speed winches for halyards as well. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed racing winches offer very high line speeds

Palt NO. B483R

Goat Ratio 2nd 1:1

25:l

P O WRatio ~

3 9.8:l

3~~2nd 5:l

-~ . B533A

1:1

12:l

45:l

12:l ~

3rd 48:l

22:l

6:1

13:l

9:l

4 102 mm

Base Diame!er 7'8 190mm

HslaM

WeiuM -

192 mm

~p~~

14.61bs 6.6 kg

Citcle

Fastsnm ~

6?g" 155mm

~x%BFH 6xBm1fH

7'/1e'

6x%sfH 6x.8eH 6x%dFH 6xBmmFH

13 1

53:l

21:1

474< 112~rnm 4% 120 mm

856.3R

Drum Diameter

These winches may be ordered with Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear, a valuable feature in light air or downwind. Three speed racing winches are offered with anodized aluminurn drums and feature Harken's exclusive Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings. Additional Information-See pages 164 and 165 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Ordering lnformation- To order winches with Speed-Lock", add SL to the part number.

561

8'h/16"

220-mm

91mm

225 mm

9%" 235 mm

a7#

17.6 1bs 8kS_~--~

21 .l lbs 9.6 kg

180mm

7'%f 195mrn

TWO SPEED SELF- TAILING RACING WINCHES T w o speed self-tailing racing winches are ideal for most primary, secondary, halyard, running backstay and control line applications. Six winches are offered to handle functions from primaries on halftonners and halyards on three quarter tons to running backstays on maxis. The self-tailing mechanism features Harken's patented ball bearing roller to improve efficiency and easily adjustable jaw widths to suit a Pan

Gear Ratio

POW~I Ratio 2nd 13.81 W 1

Drum Basa Diameter Oiametu!-. 3%' 6"na' 92 mm l?!mm 4" it+" lozmml%m

1 0 1st , 2nd ~ 1st B452STR

251

B482STR .

251

8.21 it1

12.5:1

B532STR . 8562STR

12 1

141 -- ~-

864 ZSTR 571 ~. 8742STR 7.3 1

131

211

16.5 1 22 5 1

48:l . 521 ~-

561 64:1

22.1

25:1

74:l

variety of line sizes. The stripper arm on racing winches is lightweight aluminum. Two speed racing winches are offered with hard anodized aluminum drums and feature Harken's exclusive Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings, low friction and high performance. Addilional lnfonnalion- See pages 164 and 165 for an explanation of Special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses.

Height

6'X 206 K! 9"

4'AS -

112mrn 43i/ 120mm 5'4 130mm 5% 150mm

BM 225mm

9'%8 250 mm ~. 105% 270mm

11 310s 5.1!k$L 16.1 1bs .7.3 kg 19.2 10s 6.7 kgpp.23.6 ibs 107kg

gl% 245mm IOh8 265mm

12% 308mm 13' 330mm

30.6 Ins 139kg 41.i 10s 18.4kp

?28mm

Waight

8"A8

220-

Fastener circle 5'As' 128mm

ytenen Min

155mm il.AS l8imm 7'Ms' 195 mm

5x%iFH SxLmm~t! 6x%a"FH 6x6mmFH 6~1/18FH 6 x E E H 7 x %e' FH 7x8mmFH

B!,' 21amm 8'4 225mm

5xWFH 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

Lina Sim

%h"

lOmm

Max

%S' 14 mm

'4"

58.

12mm

16mm

ss'

12mm g/( 8 14mm

16mm

%B' i 4 m m

%S' 14mm

34'

19mm

W 19mm SA'

19mm

B56.3STR

RACING WINCHES Three speed self-tailing racing winches are used as primary and secondary winches and for halyards on larger boats. The self-tailing mechanism features Harken's patented ball bearing roller to improve efficiency and easily adjustable jaw widths to suit a variety of line sizes. The stripper arm on racing winches is lightweight aluminum. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed racing winches offer vely high line speeds. Gear Rmlo

B56.3STR BM.3STR B743STR

2.2:l 23:l 2.8:1

PDWI Ratio

5:i 5.7:l 73:l

165:l 22:l

9:l 9.3:l

2nd

3rd

21:l

56:l

22 5:l 25:l

641

These winches may be ordered with Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear, a valuable feature in light air or downwind. Three speed self-tailing racing winches are offered with hard anodized aluminum drums and feature Harken's exclusive Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings. Addilionallnlormation- See pages 164 and 165 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Ordering lnlormalion- To order winches with Speed-Lock", add SL to the part number.

Drum Diamalar

Base Diameler

4%' W 120 m m 225mm 5'A' 9%' 130mm 2 4 5 m m 5 107/r6'

Height 10%' 270 mm 11'&6' 300mm 1Y

: : : :F 27.8 1bs 7"As' 12.6kg 19m :m 35.3 lbs Bin' 16kg 210mm 46.31bs B7X

Faaheen 6 x k s ' FH 6xBmrnFH 5 x %' FH 5xlOmflFH

Uns Size Hin Max

%n' 14mm

%' l9mm

%S' 14mm

19mm

RACING WINCHES Smaller wide body three speed racing winches are ideal primary and secondary winches. The wide body's large drum diameter gives exceptional line speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are all supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets, The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. The B964DLP and B980DLP offer a direct drive first gear for very fast trimmina. The B964LP and B980LP are orovided with oeared first speeds for more power. These winches maybe ordered wiih ~~

Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear, a valuable feature in light air or downwind. Three speed wide body racing winches are offered with anodized aluminum drums. The B560 is also offered with a combination aluminum and stainless steel drum for wire sheets.

See pages 164and 165 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. Ordering intormation- Specify winch drum material by adding A laluminum\, or#SS faluminum/stainless steel) to the oart number. ~ o o r d ewinches r with Speed-LOCK",add SL to the part limber. ~

~~~

Rob McCrady photo

RACING WINCHES L a r g e wide body racing winches are perfect for primary and secondaryfunctions on large racing boats. They may be used in conjunction with pedestal drives or top driven. The wide body offers exceptional line speed for faster trimming and the top cleat offers a convenient location to secure the sheet. A variety of gearing options available with Pedestal drives offers UP to six speeds for these large winches. These winches may be ordered with Speed-Lock-' to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear, a valuable feature in light air or downwind. Parf MO.

1st

Gear Ratio 2nd

Jld

BllOOTC

2 7.1

8.2:l

258:l

~~~

Power Ratio ?nd 3rd 5.2 1

15 9:l

50.3:l

Drum

Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loads. These winches feature Harken's race proven Torlon bearings for light weight and high performance. Additionaiinto,mation~See pages 164 and 165 for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses and pages 173 through 177 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering lniormation - Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or M S (aluminumlstainless steel) to the part number. To order winches with Speed-Lock" add SL to the part number.

Oiwnn!

Base Fiameter

neiDht

10'/i 260 mm

14 355 mm

10IA 260mm

Weiphl Aluminurn lllum6S ..~ 57.3 10s 68.3 lbs 26 kg 31 kg -

F::r

6x3h FH 6xlOmmFH

1 4 480mm

12xWFH 1 2 x l O m m FH

B1120TC

2:l

11.4:l

33.4:l

34:l

193:l

56.5:l

ll'%Y16 300 mm

20%8 510 mm

14% 360mm

83.1 Ibs 37.7 kg

97 lbs a4 kg

12H 315mm

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SELF- TAILING RACING WINCHES

w d e body three speed self-tailing racing winches are useful for sheets, halyards and secondary functions on large offshore boats. The B560 is top driven. The B964LP and B980LP may be either top driven or integrated into a pedestal system. The B1100 and B1 120 are for use with pedestal systems. The wide drums offer exceptional line speed for faster trimming and the self-tailing mechanism reduces the need for a crew to tail the line. Avariety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loads.

The B560. B964LP and B980LP may be ordered with Speed-Locli' to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear. These winches feature Harken's race proven Torlon bearings for exceptionally light weight and low maintenance. Additional lntormation - See pages 164 and 165 for an exp anallon of spec a1 lea!-res. See pages 144 ana 145 for suggesled Lses ana pages 173 through 177 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering lnlormalion- Specify winch drum material by adding

A (aluminum) or AISS (aluminumlstainless steel) to the part number. To order winches with Speed-Lock'". add SL to the part number. To order the B964LP and B980LP for pedestal drive add PO to the part number.

B560.4TC

RACING WINCHES F o u r speed wide body racing winches offer crews a 1:1 overdrive speed for very fast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared first speed for heavy air work. This option of a 1:l or geared first speed offers great flexibility and faster trimming in all conditions. The 1:l speed is selected by means of a lever switch conveniently located in the top cleat. When this high speed is selected, the normal geared first speed is locked out of the speed selection until normal speeds are again seiected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction.

WO,

Gear Ratio 2nd 3rd

ilh

P w e r Ralio 2nd 3rd

4th

Four speed wide body racing winches are available with SpeedLock" to keep the winch in first and second gear. Speed-Lock" may be engaged with either of the two first speeds.

AdditionalInforma,ion-See pages 164and 165for an explanation of special features. See pages 144 and 145 for suggested uses. ~ ~ d ~ ~ j order ~ ~winches l ~with f speed.^^^., ~ ~ ~add ~ S Lt ~j ~~ the part number,

Orurn Oiamstsr

Base Oiamslsr

WeChl

Modular Speld-Lork "11

PEDESTAL SYSTEMS 1 Pedestal drive winch systems are favored for applications demanding both great speed and power. They allow one or more crew to crank from an ergonomically powerful standing position. Pedesta systems range from tne s~mpleB700 lntegral system to comolex c~s10m-des1aneosvslems al ow~naf ~ v elarae W nches to be cranked by eight to te;i crew Large custoiinstallations include cutoffs to disconnect various winches and gear boxes allowing each winch to be driven with up to six speed and power ratios. Pages 145 through 149 describe the components used as the building blocks for pedestal drive winch systems. Designers, owners and builders of large boats are encouraged to work closely with Harken to design a proper system for their boat. Hioh Stmn#th Components When very large boats are using eight or more crew to drive the winches, it is necessary to use special high strength components like stainless steel drive shafts, high strength br&ze/stainless universal joints, special high strength gear boxes, and special high strength reduction gear boxes. Boats of this nature should consult with Harken for proper specification of hardware and HS should be added to all component part numbers to specify high strength components when ordering. tnte~ralSystems

~ p l l o n

B700

Integral surface mount pedestal base

: 60 mm

23%6' 595 mm

1 % 284 mm

66. 74. 964,980

The B700 surface mount pedestal system is designed for boats where under-deck installation of transmissions and drive shafts is not desirable. It is particularly well suited to large cruising boats which are raced and all boats with a finished interior. They lend themselves very well to retrofit situations. The very low profile base is hard anodized aluminum and contains a simole chain drive usina a sorina-tensioned stainless steel chain. The pedestal is available in two h-eights. The pedestal is available with either a fixed or a rotating head 1 which can be adjusted to suit the best position for the crew on any point of sail. Handles can be either single or double grip and faster 9" (229 mm) handles may be fitted. The B700 will accept a 66,74.964, or 980 winch. ~~

~~~

- .

173

B615-695 mm Pan

scriptio ion

No. 8610-385 mm

Fued head pedestal

6610-695 mm

Fixed head pedestal

6615.385 mm

Rotating head pedestal

0615-695 mm

Rotatiw head pedestal

B616

Carbon flber pedestal

Pan MO.

Oesulpllon

Weighlwl Handlm 15'h' 19.2 Ibs 385 mm 8.7 kg 27% 24.03 ibs 695 mm - 10.9 kg 151~' 19.6 ibs 385 mm 8.9 kg 27W 24.7 lbs 11.2 ko 695 mm -~ 31' 88 02 787 mm 2.49 k~

lccepll 6ear E ~

WslmM

--pp

BWlAP

Pedestal adapter plate for one-way gear box B611AP Pedestal adapter plate for two-way gear box-. ~ 6 2 1 ~ ~edestal ~ adapter plate lor threewey gear box 8631~~ Pedestal adapter plate lor four-way gear box

601 61 1

~621 631

4.9 lbs 2.2 kg 4.9 Ibs ..

22$

5.9 I ~ S 2.7 kg 7.3 lbs 3.3 kg

Psdaslals Harken pedestals are constructed of high strength, lightweight aiuminum with a hard anodized finish. Pedestals are available with fixed or rotating heads. A rotating head allows the crew to vary the direction of handle rotation to best suit the situation. The crew may prefer to crank facing fore and aft while trimming spinnakers and mains and to face athwaltships while tacking genoas, or otherwise vaiy their cranking position from time to time. Standard rotation is 90", but other angles may be specified. Harken pedestals rotate at the head to insure long term rigidity. Rotation locks are conveniently located at the base of the head. Drive assemblies in the pedestals use stainless steel shafts. Gears are 17-4 PH stainless steel. Working surfaces of the gears are finished with a special process to reduce friction and improve efficiency. Gears all ride on 17-4 PH stainless steel double roller bearings, which carry both radial and axial loads. Drive handles are offered in chromed bronze or racing boats may specify forged hard anodized aluminum. Handle grips ride on double rows of Delrin ball bearings for maximum efficiency and comfort. Standard handle lengths are 9" (229 mm) and 10' (254 mm). Pedestals are offered in two standard heights but special heights are available upon request. Pedestals mount to adapter plates which accept the gear boxes and foot switches. They are hard anodized aiuminum. Adapter plates are chosen according to the gear box to be used.

Carbon Fiber Pedeslals Extremely lightweight carbon fiber pedestals are designed for smaller racing boats like the 50 footer class which desire the very fast sheeting a pedestal offers. Carbon fiber pedestals weigh only 88 oz (2.49 kg). The handles and drive bearings are all designed and built by Harken using Torlon bearings and Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum.

Cuslom double crsnksyslems Custom double crank systems are designed for use with four or more crew and are found on racing boats, especially 12 Meters or large mukihulls. A removable version is available for large cruising boats which will use the double crank system across a cockpit while racing, but will remove it and use the top action drive or power drive on the winches for cruising. The double cranksystem can be used with chain, shaft or pedestal drive. The handles arehigh strength stainless steel and the grips ride on double races of Delrin balls for low friction and maximum efficiency.

Drive shaRs Two drive shafts are offered for pedestal systems. The standard B605 stainless steel tube shaft with splined ends is designed for high loads and maximum durability. The B606 lightweight drive shaft is a large diameter aluminum tube with splined ends. It is designed for use on light boats with a maximum of four men cranking. All drive shafts are custom made to your required length.

B605 E606

Stainless steel drive shall Aluminurn drive

2.3 Ibsm 3.4 kQ/m 1.1 !bull 1.62 kglm

Cusiom Fabficalion Harken in available to consult with designers, builders and owners regarding the fabrication of custom winch systems. Working with CAD (computer aided design) systems our specialists are capable of developing technical drawings of winch systems for either racing or cruising boats of any size. Uniwsai Joints Universal joints are required in drive shaft installations to compensate for minor misalignments in installation and for the deformation of the boat structure while sailing. Two universal joints are available. The standard B1780 offers a maximum misalignment of +l-15'. They are used in high load situations with up to 8 crew working the pedestals. They are constructed of chromed high strength bronze and stainless steel. The B1781 lightweight universal joint is constructed of high strength aluminum and stainless steel. It permits working angles of +l-2'. These joints are designed for systems with a maximum of four crew cranking.

E1780

Specify length

Chrome U-joint

3.1 Ibs 1.41 k~

7 1PEDESTAL

SYSTEMS

lnese sample peoesla sysrems snow some oaslc arrangemenls poss o e w ~ t h narken comDonents Tne Insert s de vie?! araw na snons a of [he comoonenls used in a typical system including such items as gear boxes which are not shown in the top views. Unless otherwise specified, all shafts and U-joints in a drawing are the same. Many other arrangements are possible. Please contact Harken for a system which best suits your boat.

Pedeslal Key

61 1

TWO-way gear box w h o clut@s

621 631 1780

Three-way gear box wnhree clutches Angled three-way gear box whhree clutches Four-way gear box wnour clutches Chrome U-joint

1781

Aluminunvstainless U-joint

605

Stainless steeldrive>hafi

622 F

B604

I-

3-iGq Transmission gear boxes are used to distribute powerfmm pedestal drives to different winches. Harken offers a complete range of gear boxes for winch power transmission. The body of the boxes is hard anodized, high tensile aluminum. Gears and shafts are 17-4 PH stainless steel. Working surfaces of gears are finished with a special process to reduce friction and improve efficiency. Gears ride on 17-4 PH stainless steel double roller bearings, which carry both radial and axial loads. Gear boxes are available in three configurations: a simple gear box, a gear box with clutch, and a gear box with clutch and reduction gear. A simple gear box is generally used to connect a winch shaft with a drive shaft. The simple gear box has no disconnect and is attached to the bottom of the winch itself. A gear box with clutch is used to connect or disconnect a transmission from the pedestal system. Clutches have an on and an off position. Use of clutches allows several winches in a system to be cranked while others are left idle. They also allow several pedestals to be separated to drive winches handling very different tasks, such as trimming the main and genoa simultaneously at different speeds. Simple gear boxes and gear boxes with clutches are provided with 1:l or 1.38:l drive ratios, but other ratios are available on special order. A gear box with clutch and reduction gear is used to make a six speed winch system. This very compact gear box contains a clutch and two drive speeds. The clutch has three positions: high speed, off, and low speed. Standard drive ratios are 1:1/1.6:1 but other drive ratios are available by special request. The B604 is a lightweight right angle drive for use with the B616 carbon fiber pedestal system. It is fabricated from 6061-T6 aluminum plate and features stainless steel gears and Torlon bearings. Gear box components are constructed with very close tolerances and, therefore, are not offered as separate units for assembly in the field. Assembly of gear boxes with clutch andlor reduction gear is done by Harken to insure proper alignment and to guarantee the best transmission efficiency with the lightest weight. Gear box assemblies mount under deck on the adaptor plate on the pedestal bottom. Clutch engagement and disengagement and selection of reduction gears takes place by the use of foot switches which are located at the base of the pedestal drive unit.

l Palt NO. E600

WRI~M .~ -~ ~

~p~

8604 861 1

Two-way gear box with MOclutches

8621

Three-way gear box with three clutches Angled three-way gear box wilh three clutches

8622 863 1

B631

OBXCTI~IIO~

..Single gear box .~ Single gear box -wnh clutch Llghhveight right angle drive ~~~

E601

~our-waygear box ~ i i four h clutches

11.91bs 5.4 kg p-..p

20.1 Ibs 9.1 kg 4.5 lbr 2.04 kg 26.2 lbs lt9kg 48.2 Ibs 21 9 kg 48.2 lbs 21 9 kg 58.5 lbs 26.5 kg

177

Harken kits allow you to convert standard modular winches into self-tailing,three speed, or three speed self-tailing winches without the expense of purchasing new winches. Conversion is simple. The top of the winch is removed and replaced by the modular kit. Only simple hand tools are required. Not all winches are modular to all features. Check the chalts below for applications.

N o Speed Self-Tailing Kits

Kit

NO.

BK42.2ST BK442ST BK462ST BK48.2ST EK53.2ST BK56.2ST BK642ST BK66.2ST

Fib Wlnchm 842.2 844.2 846.2 848.2 853.2 856.2 864.2 866.2

Fmm 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed

Fib Winches 048.2 853.2

hom L Speed 2 Speed

856.2 864.2 066.2

2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed

FIb Winches 856.3 BM.3 866.3

Fmm 3 Speed 3 Speed 3 Speed

c o r n * Wlnch

To 2 Speed self-tailing 2 Speed self-tailinp 2 Speed self-tailing 2 Speed self-tailing 2 Speed self-tailing 2 Speed salf-tailing 2 Speed self-tailing 2 Speed self-talllng

Three Speed Kits

111

Convlrtt Wllch

To 3 Speed 3 Speed

3 Speed 3 Speed 3 Speed

Three Speed Self-Taillnp Kits K11

WO. BK56.3ST BK64.3ST BK66.3ST

Convsra Wlnch To 3Speed self-talllnp 3 Speed self-tailing 3 Speed self-tailing

Raclng Winch Modular Kits Kit No.

Fill Wimhl~ B48.3R. B480TCR. B533R. B530TCR B563R. B560TCR. B64.3R. 874.3R. BgWTCR, B980TCR B56.3STR. B580STR. B643STR. B74.3STR. 8964STR. B9BOSTR B5WTCR 09blTCR. B980TCR B56OTCR 8964TCR. B9WTRC

BK351 BK352 BK353 BK371 BK372 BK391 BK392

SERVICE KITS

Convsfh Winch From 3 Speed racing 3 Speed racing 3 Speed self-tailing racing 3 Speed racing 3 S p e d racing

To ~~-- . . 3 Speed racing with Speedlock 3 Speed racing with Speedlock 3 Speed sem-tailing raclnq with Speedlock 4 Speed racing 4 Speed racing

3 Speed ! !?&..~--~ 3 Speed racing

4 Speed racing with S p e e d l o c 4 Speed raclng with Speedlock

- --

-~~~ ~

.'..... i . . '

ii.

. S

s m p l e service kits are available to permit routine maintenance of Harken winches. Kits are available with drum screws, p a w l s , springs and winch grease. Harken grease is a special all temperature grease which is very resistant to salt and fresh water. Metric wrenches are also availabe for use with Harken winches. Each set contains four high quality metric allen wrenches. Service sheets are available f o r each standard winch. These sheets show an exploded view of the winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simple instructions for mounting, servicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offered free of charge.

Part

no.

DlDcrlpIIon p~~

BK4510

Winch tool kit

BK4511

Winch drum screw m k

BK4512

Wlnch service kit

BK4513

Winch grease

One each: 4 mm. 5 mm. 6 mm. 8 mm allen wrenches 6 screws 8 m m x 20 mm 4 plastic washers 10 pawls 10 springs 100 m1 tube of grease

p -

BlOCDL

I B1 OAP

H a r k e n winch handles are a unique blend of good looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement to Redline winches and a positive addition to any winch. All nine handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation. Cruising sailors like the durability and appearance of forged chromed bronze handles while racing sailors prefer the light. but tough, drop forged aluminum handles. Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are safer to use as they will not slip out of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch. 10' (254 mm) handles are the industry standard and have proven to be the most comfortable length for most people. Published power ratios are based on 1 0 (254 mm) handles. 8" (203 mm) handles are faster but reduce power by 20%. They are often used by racing crews in light air or by cruising sailors on smaller boats. Double-grip handles allow one man to crank a winch with more power or offer the option of two-man cranking. The BIOADL is designed for racing boats which seek a very light double-grip handle. The 8" (203 mm) double-grip handles are favored by racing crews seeking a combination of speed and the potential for power. Cruisers should use the chromed bronze BIOCDL doublegrip handle. Harken handles fit international-standard winch sockets on all brands of winches. Common Speciliwtions Stud - 11h6"(17.5 mm) Grip dia - 1 (32 mm) Grip length -41R' (114 mm)

GENOA LEAD CARS,

marken offers a wide arrav. of aenoa lead cars and track slides. The tri-roller lead car offers many unique advantages. The wide sheave will accept two sheets for easy sail changes and is mounted very close to the deck to permit sheetfngof low clewed aenoas. The vertical side rollers ororect sheets i n d reduce frlction even when leads are unfair. The single piece construction reduces noise and damage from luffing sails. Tri-roller lead cars are provided with a towing bail for aojustment and rnt~stbe used with a tracn stop. Tri-roller lead cars are availab e to fit metric or English track. Genoa lead blocks offer the simplicity of a p n stop type car. The pln stops can be locked in an UD w s l on to facilitate movement a ono the track: Track slides offer a convenient attachment point for snatch blocks or other lead blocks. They feature plastic sliders to reduce friction and to protect tracks. The pin stop may be locked in an up position. Track stops are low profile and easy to open wen with cold, wet hands. T track is clear-anodized aluminum and is available only in metric sizes. Orderin# Infonnalion- To order tri-roller lead cars and track stops specify metric or English measurement by adding an M or an E to the qart number.

Part

Dercrlpllon

NO.

8153Genoahdbbbkfor32mm

(l%')mck-alumlnum

0154 Genoa lead block for

32mm(lW)tmk-chm

0155 Genoa lead bkcklor 40mm(l%r)hack-chmme 0156 Slide for25 mm (l') track chrome 0157 Slide for32 mm (l W) track chrome 8158 Slidefor40 mm HW)

Sale ~ n r t l n l B'nmn9 load B ' llWlbs2ffi0lbs 3%' 2W 4W 15lhoz 2' 95mm 54mm 115mm 4399 52mm 14 mm 500 kg 1200 kg 3%' 2W W 3402 316' 18951bs 38501bs 2' 95mm 54mm 115mm 9649 52mm 14mm 860kq 1750kg 5318' 2%' 5 68 oz Z"A6' 'A' 4475 lbs 9920 lbs 142mm 70mm 150mm 195kg 68mm 22mm 2030kg 4500kg 2%' ims' l 801 2050 Ibs 4625 Ibs 70mm 37mm 41 mm 227g 950 kg 2100 kg

bnpm

3%' 95mm 5%'

Wax

wdm nalpm

WIIOM

l 46mm 21/16,

18lhoz 5249

21/18'

56mm 2%

38'hoz

ola

shed oia

l800 kg 3700 kg

0".Dire. B806

Part

no.

Dsrcriplion

81871.4 Tri-roller lead car for 25mm (1')track-sluminurn

Langlh

Wldlh

3% 90mm

l ~ h ( 3% 50 mm

Ha$hl

85mm

WI sale Shoe1 Workiw 018 Loan

WsioM 1402 400-9

38mm

B1872A Tri-roller lead car for 32 mm 4%' 2%' 4516' 3 10 l (11/1')tmck-aluminum 1 2 5 m m 70mm l l O m m 900g 50mm 31!40z 1%' 2%" 4% 8 1 8 7 2 ~Tti-roller lead car for 41%~' 32 mm (l</<) track - chrome 125 mm 70 mm l 1 0 mm 9000 SO mm S'& 57 oz 2% 3348' 81873A Tri-roller lead car for 40 mm 6'M/ (1'6) track-aluminum 170mm 85 mm 130mm 1 6 2 k g ~EQmm ~

B1873C Tri-roller lead car for 40 mm (l'#) track-chrome

51% 5701 3% 611/16' 170mm 85mm 130 mm 1.62 kg

02055 Stop for 25 mm track

l 1% 32mm 4 3 m m

18mm

4 oz 1139

l 50mm

23/18' 56mm

1' 25mm

401 1139

23/16' 56mm

'A' 23mm

401 l139

B2056 Stop for 40 mm track B2057 Stop for 32 mmtrack

50mm

'%6'

2% 60mm

Stnnolh.

l1.

1875lbs 3950lbs 12mm 850 kg l800 kg 3300 lbs 7050 lbs 14mm 1500kg 3200 kg ' & Q 4950 ibs 14 mm 2250 kg W 4630 lbs 20mm 2100 kg

44. 20mm

9900 Ibs 4500 kg 9920 lbs 4500 kg

6945lbs 14300lbs 3150 kg 6500 kq 1375 Ibs 2850 Ibs 630 kg 1300 kg 2650 lbs 5500 lbs 1200 kg 2500 kg 1750 1bs 3850 ibs 800 kg 1750 kg

End slop for B201 Tlrack

Supplled wRh screw

B202 Ttrack

screw

d OPENlNG FOOTBLOCKS 1 These unique footblocks feature a spring loaded back which allows the block to be pulled open with one hand for fast sheet changes. Ten sizes of opening foot blocks are offered for use on boats from 20 to 70 feet (6 to 21 m). The B165 does not open. The large diameter sheaves are designed to protect sheets and reduce friction to a minimum. The sheaves are self-contained and ride on a double race of ball bearings. To prevent galling, balls are alternately stainless steel and Delrin. Housings are hard anodized aluminurn and the blocks may be disassembled for service without beina removed from the deck. 5% and 7 7 h ' (150 mm and 200 mm) footblocks are available by special order with stainless steel sheaves for use with wire. Special Features SDrino loaded ooenina back -arge'b arnerer sneavis Sla n ess slee oa oear ngs

Description

NO.

Sheave Oiametel

Mar Line Size

Height -

82368

Double

2% 70 mm

12mm '4' 12mm

B2113

Single

31%6 100 mm

14 mm

3'X 80 mm 3%" 95 mm 3W 95 mm 5M 140mm

31Vle" 100 mm

9/16 14~mm

518 140 mm

2134s 72 mm

41%~' 125mm

16mm

61%6 170 mm , . ,. .,

-.-.. ."50 mm

82367

B2114

Single non-opening Slngle

O~ubie

B3113 Single

2' 50mm 2%' 70 mm

12 mm

9/16'

Safe WolXing

Breaking Slmngth

*-a L"0" 8

B165

Weight

% 1' 45mm

10 DZ 284 g

ll&"

38 m m 2%' 58 mm 1 46 mm

14M01 411 g 2lihoz 6109 33%. OZ 950 g 47% 02 1.35 kg

1'%e"

Faslenen

51 02 1 4 5 --,

2205 b s 1000 kg 3086lbs 1400 kg 3086 lbs 1400 kg 4409 lbs 2 0 0 0 k 4409 1bs 2000 kg 8377 b s k 3800 kg . . ~

44101bs 2000 kg 6173 ibs 2800kg 6173ibs 2800 kg 8818 lbs 4000 kg 8818 1bs 4000 kg 16755ibs . 7600 k

lx5%<FH&PxlWFH lx8mmFH&2x6mmFH lx%/riFH&Zx%"FH 1-X 8 mm FH a 2 x 6 mm FH 3 x '%s' FH 3~8mmFH 3 x %a" FH 3~8mmFH 3xWFH 3xlOmmFH

DePription

sbew Diamtlr

Mar lim Size

Sale

LanuHI Height

WaiuM

.--.

Workiw

~~~~~

Fetlnnm

H a r k e n sheet jammers feature a double control system. The small hand lever allows the jammer to be opened under light loads. A winch handle is used to release the jammer under heavy loads. The open top design allows Harken jammers to be used for genoa and spinnaker sheets. The jammer is placed in line between the block and a winch. Sheets may be forced down into the jaws to take the load off the winch. The jaws remain open until the lip of the winch socket is pressed, whereupon they snap closed. The low profile, compact size, and the fact that the hand lever does not protrude beyond the base virtually eliminate the possibility of fouling sheets. Power sheet jammers are available in two sizes in ~ardkoteanodized aluminum or chromed bronze. Polished bronze is available by special order. Special Features Winch handle release for heavy loads Hand lever release for light loads Available as port or starboard models

B1773AR Largealuminurnsheet jammer (stbd) B1773CR LarQechrome sheet - lammer (stbd) B1773AL LarQealuminum sheet iammer(poq. B1773CL LarQechromesheet ~ammer(PO*) B1866AR Small aluminum sheet iammer (stbd) 81866CR Small chrome sheel jammer (stbd)

6' 3'546' 150mm loomm 6' 3'%' 150mm lOOmm

2%' 56mm 2%' 56mm

Sale wwmnu h s t s n s n Load 39 01 %6' X 5500 ibs 1.1 kg 14mm 22mm 2500kg 4 x l O m m 113 01 6 ' X 7150 lbs 3.2 kg 14mm 22mm 3250 kg 4 x l O m m

6 3'546' 15omm 100 mm 6 3'54s' 150mm lOOmm 4 3" 108 mm >mm 4%' 3' loamm 75mm

2%' 56mm 2%6' 56mm l 44 mm % 1' 44mm

39 01 1.1 kg 113 01 3.2 kg 16 02 4509 46 or 13kg

B1866AL Small alumlnum sheet

4 lO8mm

l 44mm

16 01 3.8' %s' 3300 lbs 4 j 0 g lOmm 14mm 1500kg 4 x B m m

Part NO.

Oescriplion

Lenpth

W I ~ I ~ ~ s ~ g h weigh1 t

B1866CL Small chrome sheet

3' 75mm

46 oz

M ShsstSh ,i

%e' W 5500 IbS 14mm 22mm 2500 kg %6" W 7150 lbs 14mm 22mm 3250 k9 38' 6 ' 3300 1bs 10 mm 14 mm 1500 kg 3.8' %/ls' 4400 lbs l o m m 14mm 2000kg

4400 Ibs

4 x 10 mm

4 x l 0 mm 4xBmm 4x8mm

SPINNAKER POLE END FITTINGS H d r * e n offers a cie range 01 s~ n n a w Dole pnn I nlngs .n melr c s.zes A pole enos are nara anon zeo a LmlnJm vr in sra n ?ss sree D srons ana D ns Piston type ends are ideal for the outboard end of poles and for the inboard end of poles for small and mid sized offshore boats. They offer internal and external release levers. The B147/100, ~~. B148/100 and B149/100 are automatic with a trigger mechanism which holds the piston open until the guy is inserted, at which time they automatically close. Bell end fittings are popular on medium and large boats which dip pole jibe. The bell and socket arrangement is very strong, easy to engage, and allows the pole to articulate properly in all conditions. The B1411100 is a socket end stud for the inboard end of poles for boats to 55 feet ( l 7 m). This fitting features a recessed hand release lever. Toggle track slides accept bells and are available with or without pin stops. Pole ends also fit appropriate adjustable spinnaker pole cars shown on page 109. 188

8276A

Track sllder for bell

95 mm

35 mm

Track slldet for bell wistop

95 mm

35 mm

500 Q

26 mm T track

zz::zz- -

-m

a m m e C D

- g- %s

E E ! E E E E E E E E E E o m o o a m N N r n r n r n r n

E E E E E E E E E E E E O1cn-nn-rN

_ / * m o P . m O

g i E E E E E E -,!E E E E E E

. .-

8 W

o x

" ' , " " " D

C 6 : E : S

-1

-" E- Z- Es B s 3% r

r s

S. 9$ e%_ $0 $8 ;G " a _ _ " ,

~ e k m D D -nL?m;;a rnrnrnrn&& z:::""

1COMPU-SPEC I H a r k e n Compu-Spec" is a software program available to dealers, distributors, designers and other marine industry professionals who are interested in choosing the correct hardware for their customers. The Harken Compu-Spec is an expert program which will choose the correct Harken hardware for each system on a boat based on the nature and dimensions of the boat. The program offers multiple layers of discretion to the operator so that hardware systems can be tailored to the specific needs of your customer Harken Compu-Spec sonware s oeslgned to se ecr nard#are for offshore ooats from 22 to 70 feet. Wnlletne orooram w ~ lcnoose l haroware for other boats, owners and designei of exotic boats and very large boats should consult Harken when selecting hardware. Hardware systems which this program will select include: Mainsheet Travelers and Controls Mainsheet Systems Genoa Lead Cars and Tracks G e n o a Foot Blocks Spinnaker Sheet, Afterguy, and Foreguy Running Backstay Blocks Mast Base Lead Blocks Rudder Bearings and Steering Sheaves Winches Furling Systems Shoes Harken Compu-Spec will generate a data sheet showing loads on some common hardware systems and describing different sail areas. When hardware is selected, Harken Compu-Spec will print the selections in several formats. These include printouts organized by

E-Z DECKSOFTWARE

hardware system; organized numerically for ordering; and with &e gnls an0 strengtns ol lne componenrs. Prlnro~tsv, a so prlce the nardware selecreo. A narken C O ~, O J -,S o e.0rinto.t~ c nc ~ d tne e name of the dealer, distributor, or designer. Harken Compu-Spec is available for MS-DOS" and UNIXe computer systems. Harken Gompu-Spec must be tailored to your computer system so delivery takes up to six weeks. For further information, or to order Harken Compu-Spec, call or write Harken. The Harken Compu-Spec software package includes instructions and is part number 1788-0 for DOS systems and number 1 7 8 8 4 for UNlX based systems.

~~~

H a r k e n E-Z Deck" is a software package available on a limited basis to design professionals. E-Z Deck is a menu driven program which works in conjunction with AutoCAD" software (Release 9 or more current) to enable designers to lay out deck and sail plans with properly drawn and scaled Harken fittings and winches. For customers who do not use AutoCAD but have a DXF translator for their CAD software we can offer DXF files with a library of Harken parts. The ability to lay out hardware systems using scaled hardware from a library of properly drawn parts saves considerable time. results in a very impressive drawing, and allows the designer to experiment with various hardware layouts on his deck plan. E-Z Deck also includes the unique Spline program which permits

drawing of very fair curves with minimal effort. E-Z Deck will allow drawing straight or radiused track as a simple line which will automatically be adjusted to a standard length of track when desired. E-Z Deck will also automatically generate a bill of materials for ordering purposes when purchased with the Harken Compu-Spec'" hardware selection program. E-Z Deck requires some specific hardware and software requirements and does not include AutoCAD software. There is a nominal charge for E-Z Deck and Harken reserves the right to restrict distribution of E-Z Deck. Contact Harken for details and allow up to 6 weeks for delivety. E-Z Deck is part number 1787-A for AutoCAD systems and number 1787-0 for the DXF version.

RIGGING BREAKING STRENGTHS T h e following breaking strengths are approximate and may vary greatly by supplier For wire rope, working load equals 'h breaking strength. For rope, working load equals 1/4 breaking strength. ' TYOICBI American wire. Tvo8caI Eurooean w r e "

System 1

System 3

The most common mainsheet on boats under twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) is a four part tackle. Very small boats will use a 060 and 053 while larger boats will use a 042 and 028 or a 1556 and 1559. Both systems feature ratchets and adjustable cam cleats.

As matnsails get larger, the purchase required to trim increases tremendously. A powerful purchase is slow in light air or downwind so dual purchase mainsheets have become popular. In this example, a 6:l tackle using a 051 is used for fast trimming while the fine tune tackle of little fiddle blocks gives 24:l power for upwind work.

System 2

System 4

Placing the mainsheet off the traveler car with a 009 ratchet on a 144 base allows adjustment of the main without dragging the car to windward. It tends to tighten the leech but this can be overcome by curving the track ends up. Boom blocks are 2.25 for boats under twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) or 3.00 plastic blocks for boats to thirty-five feet (10 m) which usually use a 6:l tackle.

A refinement of the gross trimifine tune system is a dinghy-like double ended tackle which puts the sheet on the cockpit sides.

I MAINSHEET SYSTEMS I Mainsheets are simple hardware systems, but they are among the most important as they are in almost constant use. There is no one correct mainsheet for every boat. The best choice depends on the size of the boat, the configuration of the deck and cabin house, the prevailing wind, the number and strength of the crew and the owner's preferences. Some typical mainsheet systems are pictured. Use these sketches as a starting point for designing a system for your boat.

System 5 External fine tune systems tighten the leech as the car is moved off the centerline. Placing the fine tune in the boom solves this and cleans up the cockpit. This system for boats under thirty-five feet ( l 0 m) has a 3:l gross trim with the fine tune leading to a 140 on the boom so the trimmer can stay on the rail. Larger boats use a 5:l gross trim using a 051 or 1555.

System 6

System 7

This fine tune system features a 5:l tackle with cam with the tail led to a winch for heavy air work. Boats under thirty-nine feet (11.9 m) use 3.00' plastic blocks while larger boats use mid-range or big boat blocks.

This is the most popular system on cruising boats. The block on the traveler car is a 008 or 1559. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 01 1s or 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheet around the companionway.

System 8

System 9

This double ended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely through the blocks to allow the traveler to move easily. Free rolling 3.00 and 4.00" big boat blocks are used on this system.

Double ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because there are no loose blocks to bang about in a jibe. Boats with mains to 450ft2 (42 m2) use the 584 while boats with mains to 600 ft2 (56 m2) use the 586. Both join two 515 cars and incorporate the control tackle.

System 10

System 11

The German Admiral's Cup boats first popularized this system where the sheet leads forward along the boom before turning aft to the winches. The traveler is independent of the mainsheet so it rolls freely. The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must. One tonners use 3.00 big boat blocks, often with a 4.00 big boat block on the car.

Many large boats use a simple system where a block on the deck turns the sheet to a winch. Fifty-five footers (15 m) use 4.50 blocks while seventy footers (21 m) use 5.50" blocks.

System 1 209 and 210 cars feature 200 Cam-Matic cleats so installation involves simply bolting the track to the deck and providing a 073 eyestrap for deadending the control lines. The cleats are on adjustable arms so they can be angled to best suit your boat: flush deck boats will face the cleats down the length of the track while boats with seat backs will generally angle the cleats aft

System 2 The 211, 212 and 247 windward sheeting traveler cars are extremely simple to mount as a 2:l system. The car includes the cleats so installation involves mounting the track and providing a deadend for the control line on a 073 eyestrap. A patented slider mechanism allows these cars to be pulled to windward without releasing the leeward control line. If the boat is tacked, the car stays in place and can be pulled to the new windward side, again without releasing the leeward control line.

System 3 The 21 1, 21 2 and 247 windward sheeting traveler cars can be installed with a 3:l control tackle by starting the line at the becket tube provided and using either a 255 or 092 at the track end. The 1575 and 1576 can be set up with either 3:l or 4:1 control lines. For 3:l use a 1516 control block on the track end. For 4:l controls use a 1519 on the track end. The 608 and 609 can be installed with either 5:l or 6:l controls. For 5:l controls deadend the line on a 563. For 6:l controls use a 736 or three 132's at the track end.

System 4 This simple 2:l system has the line deadended on a 073 eyestrap, a 157, 159, or 214 car with integral sheaves and the cleats mounted facing outboard. Popular on flush deck boats like the Jl24 where the crew sits outboard of the traveler, this system can also be built using 171, 172, and 215 cars with 082 or 125 bullet blocks on the car for the control lines.

TRAVELER S YSTEMS W

Traveler controls should be powerful enough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently. Smaller boats usually position the controls so that the helmsman can make the adjustment while larger boats will position the controls for the mainsheet trimmer.

Purchase Recommendations for Traveler Controls Sail Area Control Purchase Under 150 22:l 150 - 250 ft2 3:l 275 - 450 tt2 4:l 450 - 600 ft2 6:1 Over 600 ft2 Winch ~

System 5 A 3:l system with cleats on the track is popular on boats under thirty-five feet (10.67 m). Boats to twenty-six feet (7.5 m) use a 215 car fitted with 083 blocks and 259 and 260 control blocks with cleats at the track ends. Boats over twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) use 1514 blocks on either a 1508 or 1509 car and 1520 and 1521 control blocks with cleats at the track ends.

System 6 A 3:l system is popular on many racing boats to thirty-five feet (10.67 m). The car is a 1508 or 1509. The turning block on the end of the track can be a 1516 single sheave control block or a 017 (018) little Hexaratchet cheek block which allows the trimmer to ease the car under control in heavy gusts. The cleats face outboard to allow the trimmer to sit off the ends of the track. .....

....

-. . . . . . . . . .

System 7 The most popular system on moderately sized cruising and racing boats is a 4:l tackle with the control blocks and cleats mounted on the track ends. This tackle consists of two 063 or 1515 blocks on the car and a 564 and 565 control block assembly at the track ends. 631 or 632 trim caps finish the track ends. Boats with sail areas greater than 400 ft2 (40 m2) should use 734 and 735 control blocks.

System 8 When the traveler is mounted ahead of the companionway, it 1s often convenient to place the cleats at the after edge of the cabin house so the crew does not have to reach forward to move the traveler car. Use 563 or 733 control blocks on the track ends with 150 Cam-Matic cleats on the cabin house. A 240 swivel cam cleat will allow the crew to control the car from various positions in the cockpit.

System 9 On boats like the Tartan 10 the crew generally sits on the deck outside of the cockpit so the control lines are led vertically up the seat back. 147 blocks are used on the car while 223s are mounted on the cockpit seat back to turn the line up to a 150 CamMatic cleat. The cleat should have a 137 fairlead eyestrap to contain the line in the cleat.

. . . .

.~~

...........

System 1 A 639 car on 142 or 154 track forms an ideal lead system for boats under 30' (9 m). A 2:l adjuster tackle composed of a 125 on the car and a 255 control block on the track gives adequate power to move this car under load. The control line leads aft to a little Hexaratchet cheek block, 017 or 018, and then to a 150 Cam-Matic which is positioned to allow adjustment from the high side.

System 2 This is the most common lead car adjuster system and is popular because the adjuster tackle is kept unobtrusively over the track. Boats to 314 ton size use a 1537 car on 1510 or 1535 track. A 4:l tackle is built using a 1515 on the car and a 1519 control block on the front of the track. A 1522 end stop is used on the aft end of the track. Boats to 40' (12 m) use a 587 car on 516,680 or 785 track with a 4:l tackle composed of a 025 on the car and a 563 on the forward end of the track. A 548 is used at the after end of the track. In both cases the control line leads through a 017 or018 little Hexaratchet to a 150 Cam-Matic which is positioned for easy adjustment. A shockcord is used to hold the cars to the rear when they are not loaded. In many cases, the shock cord will be led forward along the track by turning it through a 092 cheek block mounted just aft of the track.

LEAD CAR SYSTEMS1 T h e abilityto adjust genoa lead block position under load has become crucial for efficient offshore sailing. Pulling the lead forward allows the racing crew to "power up" the genoa coming out of tacks or when sailing through lulls. Easing the car aft"depowers" the genoa to keep the boat on its feet in gusts. Cruising sailors use adjustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, the lead car position must be moved forward to compensate. The ability to adjust lead car position from the safety of the cockpit is more than just a convenience. These sketches show five adjustment arrangements for adjustable lead cars. All bring the controls back to the cockpit where they are easily adjusted by the trimmer in his normal position. Use these sketches as a basis for designing a system which is exactly right for your boat.

196

System 3 When parallel tracks are used, it is usually best to join the cars so that they adjust with one tackle. A single shock cord is used to hold the cars to the rear. The 599 or 703 stops can be used with any system to keep cars from getting away from the crew, to serve as a point of reference or to allow the tackle to be released.

System 4 This system features separate tracks for the #l and #2 genoas and the #3 genoa. A single adjuster tackle, in this case a single line led aft to a winch, moves all four cars. Because the track lengths differ, the cables joining the forward cars are arranged so that the after cars move a distance equal to the difference in track length before the forward cars begin to move.

System 5 A typical two track transverse lead system. The floating block is controlled by a 2:l tackle of 304 wire blocks led aft to a magic box The cars adjust with a pair of 2:l tackles which are joined to adjust together. Note that both control lines are turned towards the cockpit so that the crew can operate them from the high side of the boat.

System 1

System 2

This system is most often seen on small fractionally rigged boats. The 6:l self-cleating tackle uses a 086 on the backstay and a 095 on the deck. Variations include leading the backstay through the deck and placing a tackle under the stern of the boat. If the lower black is a 087, the cleat can be placed forward near the cockpit.

This is a variation of System 1. A wire block like the 304 is placed at the end of the backstay. A flexible cable runs over the wire block to form a 2:l purchase which is then pulled by a 6:l tackle for a total power of 12:l.

System 3

System 4

This is the typical split backstay adjuster. Two 304 wire blocks ride on the legs of the backstay and secure ta a stainless steel ring. A 4:l tackle using a 028 and 038 pulls the wire blocks down the backstay, pinching the legs together. The pinching provides mechanical advantage, but it decreas'es as the tackle is lowered on the legs. A Hexa-Cat may be used to increase power.

A more powerful version of the split backstay adjuster uses a doubling wire running through a 304 wire block on the ring to give a purchase of 8.1.

BACKSTAY ADJUSTER SYSTEMS

System 6 Boats in the 29 to 35 foot range (9 to 10.5 m) can use the E1834 or B1722 adjusters. The integral handles fold out to allow easy adjustment.

System 5 This double ended version of the split backstay adjuster leads the lines forward to cam cleats mounted just ahead of the helmsman. On a typical 26foot (8m) boat, the cams are 150 Cam-Matics, the blocks turning the adjuster up to the cleats are 132 big bullet cheek blocks and the single blocks are 146 big bullet blocks.

System 7 Boats to 50 feet (15 m) which want a simple. reliable. powerful backstay adjuster without hydraulics can use the B500 or B501 stay tensioners which accept a standard winch handle.

Backstay adiusters are imDortant to aroDer sailinq On masiheab boats, they are the primaly device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstay makes genoas full for drive in light air and chop while a tight headstay flattens the genoa for heavier air. Furling systems need a tight headstay. Many owners like to sail with a tight headstay, but want to relieve the load on their boats when they are not sailing. On fractionally rigged boats, backstay tension contributes some t0 headstay tension but is used primarily to bend the mast and flatten the mainsail. Some common styles of backstay adjusters are shown here. Use these sketches to develop ideas which may work on your boat

THE HARKEN H-2000 & THE ALL LEATHER TlTANlUM THE ULTIMATE WATERSPORTS SHOES! Harken boat shoes are designed for sailors who take their sport seriously. Warren Luhrs, skipper of Thursday's Childwhich shaved eight days off of the New York to San Franc~scorecord set oy Flying Cloud#n1854, says, The Harken H-2000's petformed better and held up longer than traditional boat shoes under the rigors of our hvo and one-hail month voyage. Traction was excellent and the snug fit gave a feeling of security when working on a slanting, pitching, water-soaked deck. The built-in arch support made the long hours on watch much more comfortable." The H-2000 is the original full support performance boat shoe. Engineered for comfort and support, it offers features that no other boat shoe can match. From the tenacious grip of the Waveridermsole to the comfort of athletic shoe construction, the H-2000 is a shoe designed for the realles of boating. The new all-leather Titanium boat shoe is made of Hydropel leather wh~chis water resistant and dries easily. It inc ddes all of the features of the H-2000. but t h ~ sshoe can take vou from a wet.. oitchina deck to a'vacht club . dining room in style.

Padded closed cell foam tongue adds comfort, conforms to fwt, and does not absorb wabr.

Machine washable.

Contoured insole helps reduce odor and features unioue wave channel to disoerse moisture and allows air to flowthmugh ventilatinp holes.

Soeed laces for ouick. . . e k y lacing

Mesh cutouts provide ventilation and added ~~

Speciallytanned suede leather upper adds strength and durability.

- c

Scooped out backstay reduces shoe back height for greater comfort yet allows maxlmum quarter height forsupport I

against loot.

a+:IS :<.

.~. .

Exclusive Waveiider sole is constructed on two hardnesses of rubber and is filled with NA k

L flexibilityand foot support

The unique Waverider'" sole, which utilizes two different hardnesses of rubber, is raised in the toe for added protection with small ribs to protect the stitching around the sole. A nonabsorbent EVAfoam is used for padding in the tongue. Small straps on the sides of the tongue keep it centered.

Another problem that can occur from not wearing socks is heel abrasion. This has been solved by utilizing a soh crushed nylon material on the inside of the shoe, scalloping the heel, and changing the heel counter angle.

osrcriptian 2OW Men's grey baat shoe Men's shoes are available in medium width in US sizes 610 14 with M sizes from 6Mmrouoh 11%. 2001 Men's blue boatshoe Men's shoes are available in medium width in US sizes6to 14wlh M s h s l r o m 6MthroughllM.

Since sailors frequently do not wear socks, foot odor can be a problem. The removable inner sole, which is ventilated and ribbed, virtually eliminates odor.

Open-weave nylon mesh vents allow increased airflow around the toe to keep the toe area cool and comfortable.

2010 Women's red boat shoe 2011 Women's grey boat shoe 2015 Men'sTMnium boid shoe

Women's shoes are available in medium widM in US Yzes 510 11 w i h '4 sheslrom 5 throuph 10'4. WomenB shaes are available in medium width in US Yzes 510 11 with %I sllesfrom 5 throuph 10'4. Men's shaes areavailable in medium widm in US sizes6to 1 4 1 h s~ h ~ f~r ~ m 6 1 h t h r11%. ~gh

Optional lace 5 pack

Fnrt No. 2006

Blue laces one pair

2003

Yellow laces - one pair

2007

Red laces - one pair

2004

LiI.32 laces - one pair

2012

Men's replacement insole

2005

Green laces - one pair

2013

Women's replacement insole

Rtl

No. 2002

Description

Dercrlpllnn

Titanium shoes supple and stylish yet resists water and dries quickly. The women's H-2000 is available in two stylish color combinations: white with red and pink wave accents or white with grey accents. The men's H-2000 is available in two color combinations: white with blue wave accents or white with grey accents. Titanium shoes are grey with grey wave accents.

Speed laces for evenly

Channeled sole with machinemt sipes provides superior lracti~non wet decks.

The sale is sewn to the upper insuring stabilw and strength after repeated wenings.

American-tanned,glowsoll,top grain Hydropel leather is satt and wale, repellent. it absorbs almost no water soyour feet feel dry and cornfonable.

Shoes are hand washable.

a he perforated, contoured insole features a unique wave channel to disperse moislure and increase ventilation.

Ciased-ceilfoamtongue adds Comlort. Sueded nylon lining isdurable yet son against the fwt.

scooped-out backslay for heel comfort.

HARKEN CLOTHING .,,

-, .-dular demand we now off^. once elusive Harken T-shirts, polo shirts and pullovers to the public. They're great for wearing around the water, or even around town, and make terrific crew gifts.

Polo Shirts Three 100% heavy weight cotton pique knit shirts are available. All polo snlrts have an emoroldered logo on left cnest. Tney are avallab e n sma . meo Jm . laroe. - . extra-larae " and XXL in Concord, Navy and Melon.

Long Sleeve Polo Our long sleeve canton fleece polo is available in stylish Mango with an embroidered logo on the left chest. The long sleeve polo is available in European sizes only: #l (S, m) and #2 (Ig, xlg).

Pullover The canton fleece double-collar pullover comes in Currant with an embroidered logo on the left chest. The pullover is available in European sizes only: X1 (S, m), and #2 (Ig, xlg).

T-shirts Three t-shirts are available, each with a distinctive Harken logo. These shirts are top-quality, 100% cotton with the main design on the front. The White shirt features a hardware collage design and the Mint and Jade shirts sport a regatta scene. T-shirts come in medium, large and extra-large.

Plll h. 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2385 2366 2367

DwtlpUon

Hardware T-shirt Regatta T-shirl Repatta T-shilt Harken polo shirt Harken polo shirt Harken poloshirt Harken Im9 slsevs polo shirt Harksnpullmr

White

Mlm Jade Concord grape

Maon Mango Currant

Micro Block JewIry Harken offers a selection of miniature hardware designed and built by model boat maker Dean Derusha of Marinette, Wisconsin. Harken block jewelry consists of finely detailed scale miniatures of Harken blocks, winches, and furling systems which will tell the world that you're a serious sailor. The charms are a must for anyone w l h a nautical charm bracelet Hardware charms and pendants are supplied with a ring for attachment to bracelets, charm bracelets or neck chains. Bracelets and chains are not included except for part number 2358. The two styles of earrings (both for pierced ears only) are supplied with wires. Earrings are sold per piece, not as pairs.

Micro Block Key Rings: Until now you had to go to a boat show to find Harken micro block key rings. The real micro block with ball bearing sheave comes with a rust-resistant ring and will hold 12 keys. The block makes a great spare -in case you need an emergency replacement for your flag halyard but it does not float.

H a h n Hats: Harken hats are bright enough to qualify as safety aids but they're also stylish and shade your face so you can trim for hours without eye fatigue. Hats are available in hot pink with a lime Harken logo or lime with a hot pink Harken logo. One size fits all.

Auto Shade: This sun visor not only protects your interior from the sun, but also tells people you're a sailor. Regatta design.

htiNO.

Double micro block charmlprdam

2345 2348 2353

H a d n Cups: These sailing cups should be the official cup for use on your boat. Dishwasher safe plastic is virtually unbreakable. They're great for sipping a cold one after a hard day of sailing. 16 oz (300 ml) s4e.

2354 2355 2356 2358 236 2328 2329 2336

Large k k e t runner blockcham\lpendam Small greacher block ChanWpendmt Small bmnze winch charMpendant Small chmm wlnch charm@ndant Fullirq unlchamlperdant

Large becm runner Mock eaninp w l h ear loop Large spreacher blockcarring w l h sa! loop Eanlcq hwk wire only Charm inamlet with 2341,2343.2W5. & 2348 -includes bracelet Miim bkck kW ring Halken hamof pink Haken hafflime Hahenauto shade

WEiiq elive November 1. 1990

Parl

Page

Part

Page

Parl

NO .

NO.

HARKEN HARDWARE 001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 013 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ol5t ............................ 016t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 017t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 018t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 ............................ 025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 027 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 049 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 069 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 074 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 076 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 078 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 079 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21 21 21 21 22 22 22 22 25 72 22 22 21 22 25 25 24 24 24 24 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 27 72 27 27 27 27 27 27 24 27 24 25 25 20 21 21 22 25 30 30 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 72 84 20 22 22 84 84 82 82 20 21 84 29 29

HARKEN HARDWARE 080 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 082 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 083 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 086 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 087 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 088 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 090 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 092 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 095 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 097 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 099 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29 29 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 25 25 16 84 16 16 16 84 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 84 84 16 16 16 74 74 74 74 74 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 74 74 82 84 90 18 18 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92

HARKEN HARDWARE 143-1 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.18 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.2.1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.25 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143-3 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143.36 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-84 ..................... 155-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page No. 92 92 92 92 92 92 73 70 18 18

Part

HInmHARDWARE 193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 ...................... 196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 . . . . . . . . . . 199 .......... 200 201 .......... 202 203 .......... 204 t 205 .......... 206 .......... 207 .......... 208 ..........

.......... .......... .........

paw

Part

NO.

H E N HAROWrnE 266 .............................. 267 .............................. 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 .............................. 272 ........ ................ 273 ........ ................ 274 . . . . . . . . ............... 275 . . . . . . . . ................ 276 . . . . . . . . ............... 277 .............................. 278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 ' ............................ 280' ...... ................ 281' . . . . . . ............... 282' ...... ................ 286 . . . . . . . . ................ 300 . . . . . . . . ............... 3017 . . . . . . ......... 302 . . . . ......... 303 . . . . . . . . ...

NO .

HInmIURDwm

Page NO.

Part NO .

HARKfN HARDWARE

Page NO.

Part NO. HARKEh 660-3.6m . . . . . . . . 6606m . . . . . . . . . 661.1.5m ........ 661-1.8m . . . . . . . . 661.2.1m . . . . . . . . 661.2.4m . . . . . . . . 661-3111 ......... 661.3.6111 . . . . . . . . 662 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663 .............. 664 . . . . . . . 665 ....... 666 . . . . . . . 667 . . . . . . . 668 . . . . . . . 670 . . . . . . . 67 1 . . . . . . . 672 . . . . . . . 673 . . . . . . . 674 . . . . . . . 675 . . . . . . . 676 . . . . . . . 677 . . . . . . . 678 . . . . . . . 679 . . . . . . . 680-3 . . . . . . . . . . . 6804 . . . . . . . . . . . 680-5 . . . . . . . . . . . 680-6 . . . . . . . . . . . 660-7 . . . . . . . . . . . 680-8 ........... 680-10 . . . . . . . . . . 680-12 . . . . . . . . . . 681 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . . . . 684 . . . . . . . 685 ....... 686 . . . . . . . 687 . . . . . . . 688 . . . . . . . 689 . . . . . . .

680 . . . . . . .

681 . . . . . . . 692 . . . . . . . 683 . . . . . . 684 . . . . . . 695 . . . . . . 696 . . . . . . 697 . . . . . . . 698 . . . . . . 699 ...... 700 . . . . . . 701 . . . . . . 702' . . . . 703 . . . . . . 704 . . . . . . 705 . . . . 706 . . . . . . 707 . . . . 708 . . . . . . 709 ...... 710 . . . . . . 711 . . . . . . 712 . . . . . . 713 . . . . . . 714 . . . . . . 715 716 . . . . . . . . . . . . L . . . .

age NO.

Pal NO.

HARAFN HARDWARE

107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 106 107 107 107 45 45 46 46 47 47 48 48 106 106 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 108 100 100 49 49 49 49 82 82 82 67 67 67 67 67 56 56 56 56 56 56 82 100 100 56 56 56 56 56 56 66 66 66 66 66 66

Part

Page

part

NO.

Page NO.

Paoe

NO.

MRrn

HARKEN HARDWARE

1529 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1531 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

Part

89 89 89 89 81

s2HARKEN 1991 ELctiw Wovembarl. 1990

Part NO .

HARKEN HARDWARE 1779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1780 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1781 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1782 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1783 . . . 1784 . . . . .. 1785 . . . .. 1786 . . . . .. 1787-A . . . . . . . .. 1787-0 . . . . . .. 1788-U . . . .. 1788-0 . . . . . .. 1789 . . . . . . . .. 1790 . . . . . . . .. 1791 . . . . . . . .. 1792 . . . . . . . .. 1793 . . . . .. 1794' . . . . .. 1795' . . . .. 1797' . . . . . . .. 1798' . . . . . . .. 1799' . . . .. 1800' . . . . . . .. 1801' . . . .. 1802 . . . . .. 1803'. . . . . .. 1804' . . . .. 1805' . . . .. 1806' . . . . .. 1808' . . . . . . .. 1 8 W ' . .. 1810' . . . .. 1811' . . . . . . .. 1812" . . . . . . .. 1813' . . . .. 1814' . . . .. 1816' . . . . .. 1817' . . . . . . .. 1818' . . . . ... 1819' . . . . .. 1820 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1821 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JIII REERNG AN0 FURLING SYSTEMS 800.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800-R . . . ... 801-A . . . ... 801.8 . . . . ... 801-C . . . . . . . ... 802-A . . . . ... 802-8 . . . . ... 802-C . . . . . . . ... 803.A . . . . . . . ... 803-8 . . . . . . . ... 803.C . . . . . . ... 804.A . . . . . . . ... 804-8 . . . ... 804-C . . . . ... 807 . . . . ... 810 . . . . . . . ... ... 835.A . . . . . . 835.8 . . . . . . ... 835.C . . . . . . ... 835-R . . . ... 836-A . . . . . . ... 8368 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page NO.

1 Part No .

Page NO.

JIB REERNG AN0 FURLING SYSTEMS 837-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 837-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 837-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 838-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 838-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 839-A . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 839-8 . . . . . . . . . . . 125 839-C . . . . . . . . 125 842 . . . . . . . . . . . 125 844 . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . 122-124 884 . . . . . . . ..... 885 . . . . . . . 125 886 . . . . . . . . 123.124 887 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 900-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 900-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 900-C . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ..... 122 900-R . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 122 901-A . . . . . . . . . . . 901-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ..... 122 9014 . . . . . . . . . . . 902-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 .... 122 902-8 . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 122 902-C . . . . . . . . . . . 903-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ..... 122 903-8 . . . . . . . . . . . 9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ..... 906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 909 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 122 937 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 938-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 938-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 938-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 941 ...... . . . 123 ..... 125 942 . . . . . . 943 . . . . . . . . . . 127 944' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122. 123 945' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125, 127 950.A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 950-5 . . . . . . . . . . .... 127 %&C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 950.R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 951-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 951-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 951-C . . . . . . . . . . . 127 952-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 ..... 127 952-8 . . . . . . . . . . ..... 952-C . . . . . . . . . . 127 953-A . . . . . . . . . . . 127 ..... 127 953-8 . . . . . . . . . . 9534 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 954-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 954-8 . . . . . . . . . . . 127 954-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 968 . . . . . . 127 969 . . . . . . . . . 127 985-8 . . . . . . . . . . . 124 985-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 9868 . . . . . . . . . . . 124 986C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 ...... 9908 . . . . . . . . . . 126

Part NO .

JIB REEHNG AN0 FURLING SYSTEMS 1001-9116 11A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001-51E 1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001-314 1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001.91161'A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001.5lEl'A . . . . . . . . . . . 1001-314 1'A . . . . . . . . . 1001-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003 . . . . . . . . . . 1005 . . . . . . . . . IOW . . . . . . . . . 1030-8' . . . . . . 1030-C' . . . . . . 1030-R' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031-8' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031-C' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HARKENSHOES 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2002 . . . . ...... ...... 2003 . . . . . . . . . 2004 . . . . ...... 2005 . . . . . . . . . 2006 . . . . . . . . . 2007 . . . . . . . . . 2010 . . . . . . . . . 2011 . . . . . . . . . 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HARKEN PROMOTIONAL ITEMS 2327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2336 ' . . . . . . . 2341 . . . . . . . . . 2343 . . . . . . . . . 2344 . . . . . . . . . 2345 . . . . . . . . . 2347 . . . . . . . . . 2348 . . . . . . . . . 2353 . . . . . . . . . 2354 . . . . . . . . . 2355 . . . . . . . . . 2356 . . . . . . . . . 2358' . . . . . . 2360 ' . . . . . . . 2361 ' . . . . . . . 2362 ' . . . . . . . 2363' . . . . . . 2364 ' . . . . . . . 2365 ' . . . . . . . 2366 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2367 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2368 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STANOARO WINCHES 86A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86C' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B88 . . . . . . . . . BBC . . . . . . . . . 8162A . . . . . . 816.20 . . . 8162C . . . . . .

II I

Page NO.

Part NO.

Page NO.

STWOARO WINCHES

Pan

Page

NO.

SZIF.TNUNG WINCHES

040.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B40.2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642.2c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B44.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . 844.X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

853.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653.2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 056.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B56.X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664.2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B66.2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B74.2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THREESPEED WINCHES

ELECTRIC WINCHES 656.2STEC.24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656.2STEC.12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B56.2STEC.24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664.2STEC.12H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864.2STEC.24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ELEClRlC CONlROL BOXES AND SWITCHES

WIDE BODY SELFTAILING WINCHES

HYDRAULIC WINCHES

HYORAULIC WWER UNITSAND SWITCHES SELF-TAILING WINCHES B16STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B16STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B16STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B32.2STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632.2STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B32.2STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B40.2STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B40.2STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B40.2STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842.2STA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ELECTRIC WINCHES

TRRLON RACING WINCHES TWO SPEED SEff-TNUNG RACING WINCHES

Part NO.

Page NO. THREESPEEO RACING WINCHES

THREESEED SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES 056.3RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 064.3RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 B74.3RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 THREE SEED TOP CLEATINGRACING WINCHES

SELF-TIVUNG WIDTBOOY RACING WINCHES 0560RSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 8560RSTNSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 8964RLPSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 098ORLPST . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 171 01 100RSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 81100RSTAISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 01120RSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 81120RSTAISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 FOUR S E E 0 TOP CLEATING RACING WINCHES B560.4TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0964.4LPTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0980.4LPTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SERVICE KITS BK4510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MODULAR KITS

Part NO.

Page NO. WINCH HANDLES

01OAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BlOCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BIOADL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BIOCDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PEDESTALS AN0 G U R BOXES

HARKEN ITALY OECK HARDWARE

Pan NO.

rage NO. HARKEN ITALY OECK HARDWARE

180 180 180 180

Accessories Addresses . . Amow Prccyon

B a c k s t a yastern Drawings . . . . . . . . . . 198. 199 Backstay Tensirxlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Backstay. punner B l o c . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 .57 MSES Cam Bases Eyestraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71. 82 Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82. 83 Stand-up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Swivel Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.73 Bastet Windward Sheeting Traveler Can . . . . 102.103 Batten Car Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 .139 Bearings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91.94. W Bends.Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 BIG BOAT BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61.77 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54.M) Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 .52.62.63 Stainless Steel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.60 .63 Stand-UPBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 .48.59 .61 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 .49.58. m.61 Big Boat Travelen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.97.103.109. 110 . . . 18. 19 Big Bullet Blocks . . .

Cleats. Cam . . . Clothing . . . . . . . . . . CoffeeGrinders . . . . . Computer Software . . . . . . . Compu-spec' .......... Control Blocks. Trawler . . . . . Control Boxes. Winch ........ Cups Custom Products . .

DECK ORGANIZERS BigBM . . . . . . custom . . . . . . Mid-range . . . . . Small Boat . . . . . Stainless Steel . . . Dinghy Blocks . . . . . . Double Blocks . . E l e c t r i c Winches End Stops . . . Exit Blocks . . . . Eyestraps . . . . E-ZDeck . . . . .

JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS Small Boat Jib Furling. Svstems . . . . . . . . 130 . Unit 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 . Unit 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . Unit 1.5 Unit 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Unit2.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . Unit 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 . Unit 3.5 ..... Unit4 . . . .

R a c i n g Winches RATCHn BLOCKS Fiddles with ratchets Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . Hexaratchetmllr2 . . . . Little Hexaratchet . . . . . Mid-range Hexaratchet Trioles with ratchets Reeiing and Furling Systems . . Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . Rudder Bearings and Tubes . . . Running Backstay Blocks

Hook . . . . . . . . . . . Sail Handling Systems . . . . . SELECTION AND USE CHARTS Batlcar Systems . . . . . . . . . . . Big Boat Blocks . . . . . . .. Furling Systems . . . . . . .. Mid-range Blocks . . . . . .. Small Boat Blocks . . . . . .. Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . Winches . . . . . .. Self-Tailing Winches . . ..

Key

Rings

KITS Furling Lead Blocks . . . Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . Single Une Reefing . . . . Traveler . . . . . . . . . .

LW M.

Jacks . . Lock-off Foot Block

....

...

aglc Boxes . . . . . . . . . Mainsail. Luff Car System . . . . Mainsail Reefing. Single Line . . . Mainsheel Sheave Carriers . . . . Mainsheet System Drawing Maintenance . . . . . . . Mast Base Lead Blocks . . Mast Head Sheaves . . . Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . Micro Blocks . . . . . MIO-WLNGE BLOCKS Cheek Blocks Fiddle Blocks . . . Ratchet Blocks . . . Swivel Blocks Triples with ratchet and cam . . . . . . . . .37 . 94 .96. 102.103. Mid-Range Trawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90. Ins 110 Mini-Maxi Travelers . . . . Modular Kits . . . . . . .

Opening

Fool Blocks . . . . .

patenis ......... . . .8 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 73 - 1 7 7 People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 4 - 6 Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205-211 Pmcyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3a.3d PROMOTIONALITEMS . . . . .202 .203 Clothing . . . . . . . . . . .204 Cups . . . . . . . . Jewelry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 . Key Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Shackles . . . . SHEAVES Big Boat Sheaves Halyard Sheaves Hi-Load Sheaves . t id-range Sheaves . . . . . . . 81 . . . . . 81 Small Boat Sheaves . . . . Steering Sheaves and Brackets . . . . . . . 68 Sheet Jammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.62.187 Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202.203 .... Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..200.201 Shorts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, h13 Single Line Reehng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 . Single Speed Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .l46 150 ~

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS Cheek Blocks Deck Organizers Exit Blocks . . . . Fiddle Blocks . . . Ratchet Blocks . . Upright lead Blocks Swivel Blocks . . . ..... Thru-deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . 14~16.18~21 Small Boat Travelers . . . . . . . 90.93.102.103.109. l l u Snap Shackles . . . . . . . . .84 Sohare. Computer . . . . . .190 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . .log. 188 Spinnaker Pole End Fittings . . . . . .?OS. 188. 189 Spreacher Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.27.38.54.6 0.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Springs

STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 FOOt Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 63 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 55 Stand-up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 61 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .60.61 Stanchion Mount Base . . . . . . . . . . . 72.121 Stand-up Bases . . . . . . . . . .7 2 Stand-up Blocks . . . . . . . . . ..14.17.19.21.45-48. 59-61.72 Stay Tensioners . . . . . . . .186 STEERING Sheave Brackets . . . . . . . . . . 68 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-68 Systems . . . . . . . . . . 114 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . 114 Switches. Winch . Swivel Blods . . .

SYSTEM DRAWINGS Adjustable Backstay Systems Genoa Lead Car Systems Mainsheet Systems . . . Traveler Systems . . . .

Track . . . . . . . . . . ..9 2 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . . 109. 188 TrackBends . . . . . . . . . 89 Traveier K i s . . . . . . . 90 Windward Sheeting Cars . . . . . . . . . . 102. 103 Traveier System Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . 194. 195 Triple Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 16 - 18.21 - 23. 28 - 30.34. 35 TRIPLE BLOCKS WITH RATCHETS AND CAMS 2.25'Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . 30 3.00' Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . 30 Mid-range Triples with r a h h t and cam . . . 37 Turning Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35. 50 .52.62.63 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146- 148. 150 .152. 156- 160. 167

u a m Biocks

Thirts .......... TTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . Three Speed Winches . . . . . Thw-dkk blocks . . . . . . . TITANIUM Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 55 .57 Shoes ......... . . . . . . 200. 201 Stand-up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 59 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 TRACK Battcar Track . . . . 134- 139 TTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113. 163 Traveler Track . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.95.99.105.107 Tradr Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 . Trackstops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..92. 95.99.1W.105.107. 183

arranty . . . . . . . . . . . . I Wedges. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Windward Sheeting Traveier Cars . . . . . . . . 102. 103

WlNCHES Pedestal Systems Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 -175 U-Joints and Drive Shafts . . . . . . . 175 Standard Winches ~lectricSelf-Tailing winches . . Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Sew-Tailing Winches Single Speed Self-Tailing Winches Single Speed Winches . . . . . Three Speed Self-TailingWinches Three Speed Winches . . . . TWOSpeed Self-Tailing Winches TRAVELERS Battcar Systems Bio Boat Travelers . . . . . . 90.97.102.103.109. 110 Cars . . . . . . . Contmis . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.1W.101 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 110 Mainsheel Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . . . 108 Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . . . 106. 108 Cars . . . . . . . Controls . . . . . . . . . 107 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Mid-Range Travelers . . . . . . 90.94.102.103.109. 110 Cars . . . . . . . Controls . . . . . . . . . . 90.96 ..... Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Mini-Maxi Travelers 104. 108 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l05

...

Two Speed Winches . . . . . . . . . . Wide-body Winches

Torlon Racing Winches Four Speed Racing Winches Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three Speed Racing Winches . Three Soeed Self-Tailino Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . Two Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . Wide Body Self-Tailino Racing winches . . . . . . . . . . . Wide Body Top Cleating Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . Wire Blocks . . . . . . . . Wire Bullet Blocks . . . . .

...........

1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Telephone: (414) 691-3320 Telex: 494-0960 Fax: (414) 691-3008 Cable: Harken Pewaukee Harken East (Tnde Only) One Mill Street Newport, Rhode Island 02840 Fax: (401) 841-5070 Telephone: (401) 849-8278

Harlren West (Tnde Only) 2816 Canon Street San Diego, California 92106 Fax: (619) 225-1508 Telephone: (619) 225-1506

llrganllna Harken Argentina C. Pellegrini 2725 C.P. 1702 Ciudadela Norte Argentina Telex: (390) 19052 KINHAR AR Fax: (54) 1-313-7267 Telephone: (54) 1-757-5990

Gmaca Tecrep Marine SA. 38. Akii Mutsopulu 185 36 Piraeus, Greece Telex: (863) 211082 TJPl GR Fax: (30) 1-4184280 Telephone: (30) 1-4521647

Ausbalia momas H. Sunon W. Ltd. 27 Madeline Street Enfield NSW 2136 Australia Fax: (61) 2-642-5537 Telephone: (61) 2642-1647 (61) 2642-1849 Austria Peter Prokes Ges.m.b.H. Argenlinierstrasse 43 1040 Vienna, Austria Fax: (43) 222-5054103 Telephone: (43) 222-5057332 BMkh V b l n !stands Richardson's Rigging Services Box 97. Tortola British Virgin Islands Fax: (809) 494:5436 Telephone: (809) 494-2739 Canada North Sailing Products. Ltd. 2242 Lakeshore Blvd. West Toronto. Ontario. Canada M8V 1A5 Fax: (416) 252-2994 Telephone: (416) 252-7841 Northwest Marine Distributors Ltd. 1648 West 2nd Avenue Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6J 1H4 Fax: (604) 733-4869 Telephone: (604) 733-4897 Denmark Columbus Trading #S Naverland 26 8 2WO Glostrup, Denmark Telex: (855) 33648 COLUMB DK F a : (45) 43 63 3459 Telephone: (45) 43 63 3WO f~nlsnd Tallberg Nautica DY Karapellont'i 11 SF-02610 Espoo. Anland Fax: (358) 0-592 103 Telephone: (358) 0-594 766 Fnm Harken France ZA. Port des Minimes 17WO - La Rochelle. France Telex: (842) 791240 F a : (33) 46.44.25.70 Telwhone: (33) 46.44.51.20

HolhndBsIoium F.H. lmholi Leimuiderdijk 47& 2156 MX Weteringbrug, Holland Fax: (31) 1713-15866 Telephone: (31) 1713-15900 fIOnflOn0 Far East Yacht Specialists Ltd. M2 B a ~ k e ~ i lHouse le 22 Ice House Sbeet Centrd, Hong Kong Telex: (780) 65925 HX Fax: (852) 877-2222 Telephone: (852) 525-7015 (852) 555-9355 knsl Yamit P.O.B. 6158 Td-Aviv 61061, Israel Telex: (922) 361267 Fax: (972) 3-5271031 Telephone: (972) 3-5271780 Harken Japan Ltd. 2-21-9 Nishinomiya-Hama NishinomiyaCity Hywo Pref. Japan 662 Fax: (81) 798-33-21W Telephone: (81) 798-22-2520 YwZashnd A. Foster B CO.~ t d . 30-36 Fanshawe Street PO. Box 1951 Auckland 1, New Zealand Fax: (64) 9-377-987 Telephone: (64) 9-303-3744 Nmay HNS N o r p A.S. Bygdoy Alle 111 PO. ~ o k 271 s Skoyen 0212 Oslo 2, Norway Fax: (47) 2-43 10 45 Telephone: (47) 2-43 07 17 POmr#al LUUGodinho Limilada AV 24 de Julho. 1 -FIG 1200 Lisboa, Portugal Telex: (832) 15557 LUGODI P FU: (351) 1-372526 Telephone: (351) 1-321001 (351) 1-371159

Hah8fl Italy Via Ceresio 12 22074 Lornazzo (Como)

Italy

Fa:(39) 2-963-70-998 Telephone: (39) 2-96-77-90-28 Soufh Nrica Wilbur Ellis Co. Ltd. PO. Box 4258 Cape Town 8000, South Africa Telex (960) 5-20707 F a : (27) 21-4174177 Telephone: (27) 21-4174517 ourban Fax: (27) 31-3051899 Telephone: (27) 31-3053381

(m)

JohanDsrbw

Fax: (27) 11-6377511 Telephone: (27) 11-8391810 Spain Trimer i.p.m.s.a. Regas, 33 08006 Barcelona, Spain Fax: (34) 3-238.01.34 Telephone: (34) 3-238.26.42 (34) 3-236.2712 Swsdsn Rutgerson Marin AB 440 30 Marstrand, Sweden Fax: (46) 303-61066 Telephone: (46) 30361060 Swlhorland Lambelet Nautique Port du Nid-du-Cm 2W7 Neuchatel, Swiizerland Fax: (41) 38-259960 Telephone: (41) 38-259963 United Kingdom Harken UK Ltd. 17 East King Street Helensburgh, Dunbaflonshire,G84 7QO Telex: (851) 777582 TELRAY G Fax: (44) 436-71697 Telephone: (44) 436-71415 u.S.S.R. Ehvert Marine Vahva Ratscp Sailmakrs KalevYacht Club PiiritaTee 17 Tallinn 2W019 Republic of Estonk. USSR Fax: (7) 0142-238344 Telephone: (7) 0142-239145 We# Gsmany Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11. D-8000 Munich 40. West Germany Telex: (841) 528549 FRlSH D Fax: (49) 89-365078 Telephone: (49) 84365075

~ ~ R ~ ~ # R F ~ I T E S E ~ Y T A T I V ~ S : B W MWatlington U D A : P8 ~Co., ~ ~Ltd., ~ ~PO. ~ . Box840, Hamilton HMCX, Teiex: (380) 3534 GHPW, Fax: (809) 292-4489, Telephone: (809) 295.3232 MAUYSM: Euro-Am Malaysia Sdn Bhd, 60M SS21f58.47400 Petalinp Jaya, Telex: (784) MA 37039 FCKUL. Fax: (60) 3-7170142. Telephone: (60) 3-718-8132 S m W R E : Marinteeh Marketing (S) Pte. Ltd., 101 Kitchener Road Y02-05 Jalan B m r Plaza, Singapore 0820,TeleX: (786) RS s:d81. Fax; (65) 2923869, Telephone: (65) 2988171 TNWM: Merculy Marine supply Co. Ltd., SF-4. No. 22, Tsu Wei 4th Road, Lin Y ~h~~~~ Peake 8 CO. ~ t dPO. . ~ 0 ~ 3 0 1 , 1 Wedem 77 Main Road, Cocorne, West I Caddesi, No: 67 80020 Karakoy. Istanbul, Telex: (821) 24813 mec-tr. FU: (90) 1

'. *

..F:

.. . P'.?>

'ib+sl. :,; %.,?:4 ..

. 17 East King Street, Helensburgh, Dunbartonshire G84 7QQ 0936 71415 Fax No: 043671W

4: -

&:'A

W .X. :X .h, :'i..: -..<L.> '::